UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20529


FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES

 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006

 

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(b) OF THE SECURITIES

 

EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period N/A to N/A

Commission file number 000-23925

MID-STATE BANCSHARES
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California

 

77-0442667

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

1026 Grand Ave.

 

 

Arroyo Grande, CA

 

93420

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code : (805) 473-6829

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Stock

(no par value)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Role 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o  Nox

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o  No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) Yes [X] No [  ], and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).

Large accelerated filer o

 

accelerated filer x

 

non-accelerated filer o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act.).Yes o  No x

The aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2006 was $619,383,016.

The number of shares of common stock of the registrant outstanding as of March 2, 2007 was 22,251,545.

This annual report on Form 10K is 117 pages long including the signature pages, certifications and consent.

 




TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART I

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

 

 

1

 

 

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

 

 

19

 

 

ITEM 1B.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

 

24

 

 

ITEM 2.

 

PROPERTIES

 

 

25

 

 

ITEM 3.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

 

27

 

 

ITEM 4.

 

SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

 

 

27

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 5.

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

 

28

 

 

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

 

31

 

 

ITEM 7.

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

33

 

 

ITEM 7A.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK       

 

 

52

 

 

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

 

53

 

 

ITEM 9.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

 

91

 

 

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

 

91

 

 

ITEM 9B.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

 

92

 

 

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

 

96

 

 

ITEM 12.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

 

107

 

 

ITEM 13.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

 

107

 

 

ITEM 14.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

111

 

 

 

i




PART I

Certain statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Annual Report”), including, without limitation, statements containing the words “estimates”, “believes”, “anticipates”, “intends”, “may”, “expects”, “could” and words of similar import, constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934. These forward- looking statements relate to, among other things, our current expectations regarding future operating results, net interest margin, strength of the local economy and allowance for credit losses. They involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements of the Company to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, the following: general economic and business conditions in those areas in which the Company operates, competition, natural disasters, growth in loans and deposits, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in business strategy or development plans, changes in governmental regulation, credit quality, economic, political and global changes arising from the war on terrorism and the conflict in Iraq, the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the agreement and plan of merger with Rabobank, the outcome of any legal proceedings that have been or may be instituted against the Company and others related to the agreement and plan of merger and the transactions contemplated thereby, failure to obtain shareholder approval or any other failure to satisfy other conditions required to complete the proposed merger, including required regulatory approvals, the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to the proposed merger and other factors referenced in this report, including in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”  We can make no assurances regarding the likelihood of consummation of the merger described in this report. When relying on forward-looking statements to make decisions with respect to our Company, investors and others are cautioned to consider these and other risks and uncertainties. The Company disclaims any obligation to update any such factors or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of the forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect future events or developments.

This discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this report.

ITEM 1.                BUSINESS

Mid-State Bancshares and Mid-State Bank & Trust

Mid-State Bancshares (the Company) is the parent company to Mid-State Bank & Trust (the Bank), its 100% owned principal subsidiary. The Company is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (BHC Act) and is subject to the supervision and regulation of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve Board).

Rabobank Merger

On November 2, 2006, the Company and Rabobank announced that they had entered into an agreement and plan of merger through which Mid-State Bank & Trust will become part of the Rabobank Group. Upon completion, Mid-State Bank & Trust will be merged into Rabobank, N.A., Rabobank’s community banking subsidiary in California.

Under terms of the agreement and plan of merger, Rabobank will acquire all of the shares of Mid-State Bancshares, through a merger with a Rabobank subsidiary, for a purchase price of $37.00 per share in cash, or a total purchase price of approximately $851 million. This represented a 23% premium over the average share price of Mid-State Bancshares common stock in October of 2006. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2007, subject to approval by Mid-State Bancshares shareholders and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals. It is currently anticipated that the special meeting of shareholders to vote on the acquisition will be held on or about April 25, 2007 and a proxy statement

1




containing information about the transaction will be sent out approximately 30 days in advance of such meeting to shareholders of record. If the transaction does not close on or before April 30, 2007, the Company may pay an additional cash dividend, or dividends, to shareholders as more fully described in Part II, Item 5 of this report.

Please see our Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2006. Attached to that Report is a copy of the definitive agreement for the acquisition to which you are referred and by which this discussion is qualified in its entirety. See the section entitled “Where you can Find Additional Information” at the end of this Item 1 for how to get a copy of that Report. See also, Item 3 of this Report on Form 10-K entitled Legal Proceedings for information regarding a lawsuit filed in connection with the acquisition.

In reviewing this Annual Report on Form 10-K, please understand that the entire discussion of the Company, its business and all related disclosures herein is influenced to some extent by the acquisition by Rabobank which is expected to be consummated in the second quarter of 2007. Thus, the Company has focused its discussion on historical information and has omitted discussion of the future independent operations or prospects of the Company during this year or in the future unless otherwise required under SEC rules.

General

The Company, through the Bank, derives its income primarily from interest received on loans, and to a lesser extent, from interest on investment securities, fees received in connection with loans and other services offered, including loan servicing and deposit services. The Company’s major operating expenses are the interest it pays on deposits and borrowings and general operating expenses. The Company’s operations, like those of other financial institutions operating in California, are significantly influenced by economic conditions in California, including the strength of the real estate market, the fiscal and regulatory policies of the federal government and of the regulatory authorities that govern financial institutions. See, “Supervision and Regulation.”

Mid-State Bank & Trust was incorporated under the laws of the State of California and commenced operations on June 12, 1961 as a California state chartered bank. The Bank’s accounts are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC), but it is not a member of the Federal Reserve System. At December 31, 2006 the Company had total assets of approximately $2.4 billion, total deposits of $2.0 billion and total shareholders’ equity of $282 million.

The Bank operates 41 full service retail-banking offices along the central coast of California in Santa Barbara, San Luis Obispo and Ventura counties. The Bank’s headquarters is located in Arroyo Grande and it also serves the communities of Paso Robles, Cambria, Templeton,  Atascadero, Cayucos, Morro Bay, Los Osos, San Luis Obispo, Pismo Beach, Grover Beach, Guadalupe, Nipomo, Santa Maria, Orcutt, Lompoc, Vandenberg Village, Buellton, Santa Ynez, Solvang, Goleta, Oxnard, Camarillo, Ojai, Oak View, Ventura, Westlake Village and Santa Barbara. The headquarters’ street address is 1026 Grand Ave., Arroyo Grande, CA 93420. Its mailing address is P.O. Box 6002, Arroyo Grande, CA 93421-6002. The telephone number is: (805) 473-6829. The Bank can also be reached through its internet address at www.midstatebank.com. Investors can obtain copies of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or other filings made by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) through this website which provides a link to the SEC internet website. See the section entitled “Where you can Find Additional Information” at the end of this Item 1.

The Bank is a full-service community bank offering a broad range of banking products and services, including accepting time and demand deposits, originating loans and leases, providing trust services, and making other investments. The Bank originates several types of loans, including secured and unsecured commercial and consumer loans, residential real estate mortgage loans, and residential construction loans.

2




The Bank’s loans are both short-term and intermediate term in length and consist of both fixed and adjustable rate contracts. Special services and requests beyond the lending limits of the Bank are arranged through correspondent banks.

Bank Subsidiaries

The Bank operates two wholly owned subsidiaries—Mid-Coast Land Company and MSB Properties, Inc. Mid-Coast Land Company was founded in 1984 pursuant to section 751.3 of the Financial Code of the State of California. Section 751.3 provided that state-chartered banks were authorized to invest in a corporation that engaged in real estate activities. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA) which became law in December 1991, the Bank, through Mid-Coast Land Company, was required to divest itself of its real estate development activities. That process was completed in January 2003. The holdings and results of operations of Mid-Coast Land Company are included within the consolidated financial statements of the Company. On a stand-alone basis, Mid-Coast Land Company had after-tax earnings of $195 thousand in 2006, $409 thousand in 2005, and $379 thousand in 2004. For further information concerning Mid-Coast Land Company, see the Subsidiary Activity section of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section included in Item 7 of this Report.

MSB Properties Inc. was incorporated under the laws of the State of California in May of 1968, allowing for the ownership of property which may be reasonably necessary for the expansion of the Bank’s business, or which is otherwise reasonably related to the conduct of the Bank’s business, pursuant to Section 752 of the Financial Code of the State of California.

The holdings and results of operations of MSB Properties are included within the consolidated financial statements of the Company. On a stand-alone basis, MSB Properties had earnings of $1.1 million, $1.2 million, and $1.2 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. For further information concerning MSB Properties, see the Subsidiary Activity portions of the Management’s Discussion and Analysis section included in Item 7. of this Report.

Services

The Bank offers a full range of commercial banking services including checking accounts, NOW accounts, health savings accounts, savings accounts, money market accounts, and various types of time certificates of deposit (including various maturities and individual retirement accounts). The Bank makes a variety of construction and land development loans, real estate related loans, home equity credit lines, installment loans, agricultural and commercial loans, business equipment leases, Small Business Administration (SBA) and other government agency loans. Other services offered by the Bank include, but are not limited to, trust services, safe deposit boxes, travelers cheques, notary public, merchant depository services for VISA and Mastercard, cash management, home banking, telephone voice response system and ATM’s. The Bank’s organization and structure is designed to serve the banking needs of individuals and small to medium sized businesses in Santa Barbara, Ventura and San Luis Obispo counties.

Deposit and Liability Management

Deposits represent the Bank’s primary source of funds. As of December 31, 2006 the Bank had approximately 42,809 non-interest bearing demand deposit accounts representing $523.1 million, or an average of $12,220 per account. The Bank also had approximately 105,026 NOW, Money Market and Savings accounts amounting to $994.6 million, or about $9,470 average per account. There were 17,513 time certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 2006, representing $487.1 million with an average deposit balance of approximately $27,811. Of the total time certificates of deposit, $229.4 million represented holders who carried an amount on deposit of $100,000 or more, approximately 47% of the total.

3




The Bank is not dependent on a single or a few customers for its deposits. Most deposits are obtained from individuals and small-to-medium sized businesses. This results in the relatively small average balances noted above and allows the Bank to be less subject to the adverse effects of the loss of a large depositor. As of December 31, 2006, no individual, corporate, or public depositor accounted for more than 2% of the Bank’s total deposits.

Liquidity is the Bank’s ability to meet fluctuations in deposit levels and to provide for the credit needs of its customers. The objective in liquidity management is to maintain a balance between the sources and uses of funds. Principal sources of liquidity include interest and principal payments on loans and investments, proceeds from the maturity of investments and growth in deposits. The Bank holds overnight Fed Funds Sold as a cushion for temporary liquidity needs. For 2006, Fed Funds Sold averaged $39.9 million representing 1.7% of average assets. In addition, the Bank maintains Federal Funds lines of credit totaling $70 million with major correspondents, subject to customary terms for such arrangements.

The Bank’s internally calculated liquidity ratio, which measures the percentage of total liabilities (excluding equity) which are used to fund cash, cash equivalents and non-pledged marketable securities, was 24.7%, greater than the Bank’s policy minimum of 15%.

Liquidity demands at the Holding Company have been limited historically to dividend payments it makes to its stockholders, the repurchase of its common stock, and certain payments to vendors. Management does not anticipate any demands requiring additional liquidity in the near term. Currently, the liquidity needs of the Holding Company are funded by dividends it receives from the Bank.

Loans

The Bank’s loan-to-deposit ratio stood at approximately 78.7% at year-end 2006 up from 73.6% at the end of 2005. It is the Bank’s policy to maintain its loan-to-deposit ratio in the 60% to 80% range while maintaining credit quality.

The Bank maintains an allowance for loan losses which is netted against loans on the balance sheet. Additions to the allowance are made by charges to expense. All loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged to the allowance; subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance. The amount in the loan loss allowance is an estimate of the losses inherent in the loan portfolio as determined by a variety of factors considered by Management. Factors include, but are not limited to, the current economic climate, type and quality of loans in the portfolio, trends in delinquencies, historical loss rates, non-accrual totals, diversification of the portfolio, value of available collateral and the cost of collateral liquidation.

As of December 31, 2006, the Bank’s allowance for loan losses stood at $11.9 million. Additionally, the Bank has an allowance for losses on unfunded commitments totaling $1.8 million. Collectively, these allowances for losses represent 2,605% of non-performing loans (non-accrual loans plus loans 90 days or more past due). Outside factors, not within the Bank’s control, such as adverse changes in the economy, can affect the adequacy of the allowances and there can be no assurance that in any given period, the Bank might not suffer losses which are substantial in relation to the size of the allowances. During 2006, the Bank experienced net charge-offs after recoveries, of $26 thousand.

Underwriting and Credit Administration

The lending activities of Mid-State Bank & Trust are guided by the lending policies approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. The credit policy is managed through periodic reviews and approved annually by the Board.

Each loan is evaluated using underwriting criteria established in the Bank’s lending policy. Lending authority is granted to officers of the Bank on a limited basis, dependent upon individual knowledge and experience. During 2005, the approval process was revised. Loan requests exceeding individual limits are

4




now submitted to the Bank’s Loan Committee, which consists of the chief executive officer, chief credit officer, the presidents of community banking for the bank’s three regions, the credit operations manager, the credit administrators and one non-management director. The Loan Committee meets on a regular basis in order to provide timely responses to the Bank’s clients. Additionally, a Board Loan Committee consisting of the president, chief credit officer and 3 non-management directors meet monthly to review all credits made over certain dollar thresholds and to establish Bank credit policy and monitor adherence to it. The new structure has satisfied Management’s and the Board’s concern for improved efficiency in the approval process.

The Bank’s credit administration function includes an internal review and the regular use of an independent outside loan review firm.

Loan Portfolio

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Bank’s gross loan portfolio totaled $1.6 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. The portfolio was distributed as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Construction and Land Development

 

18.5

%

18.4

%

Real Estate—Farmland

 

3.4

%

3.2

%

Real Estate—Residential

 

12.2

%

13.6

%

Real Estate—Non Farm, Non Residential

 

38.3

%

36.8

%

Home Equity Credit Lines

 

9.6

%

12.0

%

Cash Reserve

 

0.2

%

0.2

%

Installment

 

1.2

%

1.2

%

Agricultural Production

 

2.5

%

2.3

%

Commercial, Other

 

14.1

%

12.3

%

 

 

100.0

%

100.0

%

 

The interest rates charged for the loans made by the Bank vary with the degree of risk, size and maturity of the loans. Rates are generally affected by competition, the client’s deposit relationship with the Bank, and the Bank’s cost of funds.

Commercial Loans.   The Bank provides financial services to diverse commercial and professional businesses in the marketplace. Commercial loans consist primarily of short term loans (normally with a maturity of one year or less) for working capital and business expansion. Commercial loans typically include revolving lines of credit, either uncollateralized or collateralized by inventory, loans secured by accounts receivable and equipment loans. Emphasis is placed on the borrower’s earnings history, capitalization, secondary sources of repayment, and in some instances, third-party guarantees or highly liquid collateral (such as time deposits and investment securities). Commercial loan pricing is generally at a rate tied to the prime rate (as quoted in the Wall Street Journal) or the Bank’s reference rates. Certain equipment loans may be made at fixed rates for short to medium terms.

The Bank has developed a streamlined underwriting process for small business loans up to $250,000. This process includes, but is not limited to, automated approval on loans using a business scoring model, combined with requiring only limited financial information for loans over $100,000. This process was implemented in January, 2006.

The Bank participates in Small Business Administration (SBA) loan guarantee programs. The programs used include: 1) SBA Express, which is scored and underwritten using the Bank’s small business loan guidelines and products described above in addition to SBA criteria; 2) the 504 program, which is focused toward longer-term financing of buildings and other long-term assets; and 3) the 7A program,

5




which is primarily used for financing of equipment, inventory and working capital needs of eligible businesses, generally over a seven to twenty-five year term. The Bank’s collateral position in the SBA loans is enhanced by the SBA guarantee in the case of SBA Express and 7A loans, and by lower loan-to-value ratios under the 504 program. The Bank is designated as a preferred lender by the SBA, allowing it to process these loans more quickly. Under the SBA’s Preferred Lending Program, the SBA delegates a substantial degree of lending authority to participating lenders, such as the Bank. The Bank also participates in other government sponsored loan programs offered by various government agencies, such as through the California Coastal Rural Development Corporation, Central Coast Development Companies and others.

Agricultural Loans.   The Bank provides production loans to help finance the seasonal needs of farming operations, including crop and livestock financing, inventory purchases, and receivable financing. The Bank has very limited vineyard lending exposure (less than $15 million at December 31, 2006). Equipment loans are also financed on everything from field equipment to office automation systems. Emphasis is placed on the borrower’s earnings history, capitalization, secondary sources of repayment, and in some instances, third-party guarantees or highly liquid collateral (such as time deposits and investment securities). Agricultural loan pricing, like commercial loan pricing, is generally at a rate tied to the prime rate (as quoted in the Wall Street Journal) or the Bank’s reference rates. Certain equipment loans may be made at fixed rates for short to medium terms.

Real Estate Construction and Development Loans.   The Bank’s real estate construction loan activity has focused on providing short-term (maturity of two years or less) loans to individuals and developers with whom the Bank has established relationships, for the construction primarily of single family residences in the Bank’s market area.

Residential real estate construction loans are typically secured by first deeds of trust. The economic viability of the project and the borrower’s credit-worthiness are primary considerations in the loan underwriting decision. The Bank utilizes approved independent local appraisers as well as in-house staff, and loan-to-value ratios that generally do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property. The Bank monitors projects during the construction phase through regular construction inspections and a disbursement program tied to the percentage of completion of each project.

The Bank also occasionally makes land loans to individuals and developers who intend to construct a single-family residence(s) on the lot, generally within 24 months. In addition, the Bank makes commercial real estate construction loans for construction of office and warehouse properties, generally to high-net-worth clients with adequate liquidity.  The economic viability of the project and the borrower’s credit-worthiness are primary considerations in the loan underwriting decision. Such loans are typically secured by first deeds of trust.

Commercial Real Estate Term Loans and Loans Secured by Farmland.      The Bank provides medium-term commercial real estate loans secured by commercial or industrial buildings or farmland where the properties are either used by the owner for business purposes (owner-user properties) or have income derived from tenants (investment properties). As a general rule, the Bank’s loan policies require the principal balance of the loan to not exceed 75% of the stabilized appraised value of the underlying real estate collateral. The loans, which are typically secured by first deeds of trust only, generally have terms of no more than ten years and are amortized over 25 to 30 years. Some of these loans have rates tied to Wall Street Journal prime rate that adjust whenever the prime rate changes. The remaining loans adjust every three, five or seven years depending upon the index to which the loan is tied.

Residential Real Estate Loans.   The Bank provides a variety of real estate loans secured by residential real estate. These loans are generally secured by first or second trust deeds on individual residential properties. Most of these loans are sold, servicing retained, in the secondary market. Certain shorter term mortgages, especially jumbo adjustable rate mortgages, may be kept in portfolio and not sold in the

6




secondary market depending on the Bank’s desire to retain these earning assets. These consist of adjustable rate loans with a short fixed rate period of 3, 5 or 7 years, then adjusted annually using an index of the 1 year treasury constant maturity or 1 year LIBOR. These loans are originated using FNMA/FHMLC underwriting guidelines. Although the loans are held for investment, they are eligible for sale in the secondary market.

Home Equity Credit Lines.   The Bank provides lines of credit secured by a first or second deed of trust on the borrower’s residential real property. The loans have a 15 year draw period followed by a 15 year amortization of the outstanding principal balance. The loans have an interest rate that adjusts monthly with the Wall Street Journal published prime rate. The total combined percentage of Home Equity Credit Line and first mortgage is dependent on several factors such as credit score, income ratios, stability of employment etc, and can go as high as 100%.

Consumer and Other Loans.   The Bank’s consumer and other loan portfolio is divided between installment loans secured by automobiles, other consumer purposes and revolving, unsecured consumer debt such as reserve lines of credit. Installment loans tend to be fixed rate and longer-term (one-to-five-year maturity). The Bank’s portfolio of revolving credit plans, issued as an additional service to its clients, is minimal at just 0.2% of total loans.

The Bank does not participate in “sub-prime” lending, whereby loans are made to borrowers who do not qualify for conventional loan programs. These loans typically have much lower credit requirements, allowing higher loan to value and debt to income ratios, require reduced documentation, accept property types/condition as collateral that would not otherwise qualify, and carry higher interest rates.

Investment Securities

The Bank maintains a portfolio of investment securities to provide income and to serve as a secondary source of liquidity for its operations in conjunction with Federal Funds Sold (see Deposit and Liability Management above). The Bank’s investment policy provides for the purchase of United States Treasury Securities, United States Government Agency Securities, Mortgage Backed Securities, Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions, and Other Securities as permitted by Federal and State regulation. As of December 31, 2006, the aggregate carrying value of the Investment Portfolio was $487.7 million. Of this total, $15.6 million was invested in U.S. Treasury Securities, $129.8 million in U.S. Government Agencies, $6.6 million in Mortgage Backed Securities, $320.7 million in Obligations of State and Political Subdivisions and $14.9 million in Other Securities. The types of securities held are influenced by several factors, which include: rate of return, maturity, and risk. Generally, the Bank endeavors to stagger the maturities of its securities so that it has regular maturities for liquidity purposes. The Bank does not participate in any swap or hedge activity on the investment portfolio (or any other part of the balance sheet) and has no plans to begin such activity.

Acceptable securities may be pledged to secure public deposits from State and Public Agencies. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had public funds totaling approximately $51.5 million. The Bank has made available $111.9 million of securities to securitize these funds. Excess collateral can be released as needed.

Senior Housing Crime Prevention Foundation Investment

The Bank owns a $30 million holding of the Preferred Stock of Senior Housing Crime Prevention Foundation Investment Corporation (SHCPF-I) which is carried under a separate caption on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. That investment is secured by a federal agency security issued by FNMA. The Bank has the right after five years on April 29, 2010 to require SHCPF to redeem all or a part of the shares of the Preferred Stock. Dividends are paid to the Bank on the Preferred Stock at a rate which is 1.875% below the interest earned on the underlying FNMA agency security. This 1.875% differential is used by SHCPF to fund the various programs of the Senior Housing Crime Prevention

7




Foundation at 53 nursing home facilities in the Bank’s tri-county service area. These include, among other things, the senior crime stoppers program which is reducing crimes against the elderly living in those facilities. The benefits to the Bank of this program include full Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) credit for our $30 million investment, positive public relations, and significant marketing opportunities with the operators of the facilities, their owners, Board of Directors, employees, family members and residents.

Economic Climate

The economy in the Bank’s trade area is based upon agriculture, oil, tourism, light industry, government services, aerospace industries and retail trade. Services supporting those involved in these industries have also developed in the areas of medical, financial and educational services. Population in the Tri-county area, according to the California Department of Finance, is estimated at July 2006 to be 1,507,178. Ventura County represents about 54.5% of this total with Santa Barbara and San Luis Obispo Counties accounting for 28.0% and 17.5%, respectively. Certain economic activities are unique to the area such as the space launching facilities at Vandenberg Air Force Base and the production of seeds for various flowers grown worldwide. While major oil companies have elected to do business elsewhere (due to very stringent county business regulations), smaller production companies have moved in to continue the oil industry in the area. The moderate climate allows a year round growing season for numerous vegetables and fruits. Vineyards and cattle ranches make large contributions to the local economy. There are large numbers of retail businesses and light manufacturers with only limited numbers of high tech firms throughout the service area. Access to numerous recreational activities, including both mountains and beaches, provide a fairly stable tourist industry from larger metropolitan areas such as the Los Angeles/Orange County basin and the San Francisco Bay area. Real estate values throughout the Tri-counties have steadily increased in recent years. Management does foresee the risk of a slowdown in real estate in 2007, which could potentially create some modest downward pressure on prices as a correction to the dramatic increases seen over the past several years. With the diversity of the various types of industries in the Bank’s service area, the Central Coast, while not immune from economic fluctuations, has historically tended to enjoy a more stable level of economic activity than many other parts of California.

Competition

The banking business in California generally, and in the Bank’s primary service areas specifically, is highly competitive with respect to both loans and deposits and is dominated by a relatively small number of major banks with many offices and operations over a wide geographic area. Among the advantages such major banks have over the Bank are their ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to regions of higher yield and demand. Such banks offer certain services such as international banking which is not offered directly by the Bank, but which can be offered indirectly by the Bank through correspondent institutions. In addition, by virtue of their greater total capitalization, such banks have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank. (Legal lending limits to an individual customer are based upon a percentage of a bank’s total capital accounts.)  The Bank’s secured and unsecured lending limits at December 31, 2006, were approximately $57.9 million and $34.7 million, respectively. These levels compare to $56.1 million and $33.7 million, respectively, at December 31, 2005 (see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—External Factors Impacting the Bank - Competitive Factors”).

Other entities, both governmental and private industry, seeking to raise capital through the issuance and sale of debt or equity securities, also provide competition for the Bank in the acquisition of deposits. Banks also compete with money market funds and other providers of money market instruments.

Commercial banks compete with savings and loan associations, credit unions, other financial institutions, securities brokerage firms and other entities for funds. For instance, yields on corporate and

8




government debt securities and other commercial paper affect the ability of commercial banks to attract and hold deposits. Commercial banks also compete for loans with savings and loan associations, credit unions, consumer finance companies, mortgage companies, insurance companies and other lending institutions.

The financial services industry is undergoing rapid technological changes involving frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services that have further increased competition. There can also be no assurance that these technological improvements, if made, will increase the Bank’s operational efficiency or that the Bank will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers.

The trend toward consolidation of banking assets exhibited over the past few years in California continued in 2006 but other new institutions are coming on line to replace them. Statewide in 2006, there were 12 banks which announced merger into another institution including the pending merger between the Company and Rabobank, discussed earlier. According to the California State Department of Financial Institutions 13 applications for new banks were approved in 2006 in California and an additional one was approved in San Luis Obispo County in early 2007.

Employees

At December 31, 2006, the Bank had a total of 886 employees, a number of which are part-time. On a full-time equivalent basis, employees represent 834 positions. The Bank believes that its employee relations are positive.

Effect of Governmental Policies and Legislation

Banking is a business that is largely dependent on rate differentials. In general, the difference between the interest rate paid by the Bank on its deposits and its other borrowings and the interest rate received by the Bank on loans extended to its customers and securities held in the Bank’s portfolio comprise the major portion of the Bank’s earnings. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond the control of the Bank. Accordingly, the earnings and growth of the Bank are subject to the influence of local, domestic and foreign economic conditions, including recession, unemployment and inflation.

The commercial banking business is not only affected by general economic conditions but is also influenced by the monetary and fiscal policies of the federal government and the policies of regulatory agencies, particularly the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board implements national monetary policies (with objectives such as curbing inflation and combating recession) by its open-market operations in United States Government securities which effect short term rates such as the Fed Funds rate, by adjusting the required level of reserves for financial institutions subject to its reserve requirements and by varying the discount rates applicable to borrowings by depository institutions. The actions of the Federal Reserve Board in these areas influence the growth of bank loans, investments and deposits and also affect interest rates charged on loans and paid on deposits. The nature and impact on the Bank of any future changes in monetary policies cannot be predicted.

From time to time, legislation is enacted which has the effect of increasing the cost of doing business, limiting or expanding permissible activities or affecting the competitive balance between banks and other financial intermediaries. Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of banks, bank holding companies and other financial intermediaries are frequently made in Congress, the California legislature and before various bank regulatory and other professional agencies.

9




Supervision and Regulation

The Bank is extensively regulated under both federal and state law. Set forth below, is a summary description of certain laws which relate to the regulation of the Company and the Bank. The description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

Mid-State Bancshares

The Company is a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “Bank Holding Company Act”), and is registered as such with, and subject to the supervision of, the Federal Reserve Board. It  is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board quarterly and annual reports and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may conduct examinations of bank holding companies and their subsidiaries.

The Company is required to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire all or substantially all of the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of the voting shares of any bank if, after giving effect to such acquisition of shares, the Company would own or control more than 5% of any class of the outstanding voting shares of such bank. Prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board is also required for the merger or consolidation of the Company and another bank holding company.

The Company is prohibited by the Bank Holding Company Act, except in certain statutorily prescribed instances, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of more than 5% of the outstanding voting shares of any company that is not a bank or bank holding company and from engaging, directly or indirectly, in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks or furnishing services to its subsidiaries. However, the Company may, subject to the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board, engage in any, or acquire shares of companies engaged in, activities that are deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.

The Federal Reserve Board may require that the Company terminate an activity or terminate control of or liquidate or divest subsidiaries or affiliates when the Federal Reserve Board determines that the activity or the control or the subsidiary or affiliates constitutes a significant risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of any of its banking subsidiaries. The Federal Reserve Board also has the authority to regulate provisions of certain bank holding company debt, including authority to impose interest ceilings and reserve requirements on such debt. Under certain circumstances, the Company must file written notice and obtain approval from the Federal Reserve Board prior to purchasing or redeeming its equity securities.

Under the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe and unsound manner. In addition, it is the Federal Reserve Board’s policy that in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board’s regulations or both.

The Company and the Bank are prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, sale or lease of property or furnishing of services. For example,

10




with certain exceptions, neither the Company nor the Bank may condition an extension of credit to a customer on either (1) a requirement that the customer obtain additional services provided by the Company and the Bank or (2) an agreement by the customer to refrain from obtaining other services from a competitor.

The Company’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. As such, we are subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading, corporate governance, and other requirements and restrictions of that Act.

The Bank

The Bank is chartered under the laws of the State of California and its deposits are insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by law. The Bank is subject to the supervision of, and is regularly examined by, the California Department of Financial Institutions (DFI) and the FDIC. Such supervision and regulation include comprehensive reviews of all major aspects of the Bank’s business and condition.

Various requirements and restrictions under the laws of the United States and the State of California affect the operations of the Bank. Federal and California statutes relate to many aspects of the Bank’s operations, including reserves against deposits, interest rates payable on deposits, loans, investments, mergers and acquisitions, borrowings, dividends and locations of branch offices. Further, the Bank is required to maintain certain levels of capital.

If, as a result of an examination of a bank, the FDIC or the DFI should determine that the financial condition, capital resources, asset quality, earnings prospects, management, liquidity, or other aspects of the Bank’s operations are unsatisfactory or that the Bank or its management is violating or has violated any law or regulation, various remedies are available to these regulatory agencies. Such remedies include the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to issue an administrative order that can be judicially enforced, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict the growth of the Bank, to assess civil monetary penalties, to remove officers and directors, and ultimately to terminate the Bank’s deposit insurance, which for a California chartered bank would result in a revocation of the bank’s charter.

Capital Standards

The Federal Reserve Board and the FDIC have adopted risk-based minimum capital guidelines intended to provide a measure of capital that reflects the degree of risk associated with a banking organization’s operations for both transactions reported on the balance sheet as assets and transactions, such as letters of credit and recourse arrangements, which are recorded as off balance sheet items. Under these guidelines, nominal dollar amounts of assets and credit equivalent amounts of off balance sheet items are multiplied by one of several risk adjustment percentages, which range from 0% for assets with low credit risk, such as certain U.S. Treasury securities, to 100% for assets with relatively high credit risk, such as certain business loans.

A banking organization’s risk-based capital ratios are obtained by dividing its qualifying capital by its total risk ­adjusted assets. The regulators measure risk-adjusted assets, which includes off balance sheet items, against both total qualifying capital (the sum of Tier 1 capital and limited amounts of Tier 2 capital) and Tier 1 capital. Tier 1 capital consists primarily of common stock, retained earnings, non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock (cumulative perpetual preferred stock for bank holding companies) and minority interests in certain subsidiaries, less most intangible assets. Tier 2 capital may consist of a limited amount of the allowance for loan and lease losses, cumulative preferred stock,  long term preferred stock, eligible term subordinated debt and certain other instruments with some characteristics of equity. The inclusion of elements of Tier 2 capital is subject to certain other requirements and limitations of the federal banking

11




agencies. The federal banking agencies require a minimum ratio of qualifying total capital to risk-adjusted assets of 8% and a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-adjusted assets of 4%. Mid-State Bank & Trust’s ratios are 12.2% and 11.5%, respectively, as of December 31, 2006. On a consolidated basis, Mid-State Bancshares’ ratios are 12.8% and 12.1%, respectively, at the same date.

In addition to the risk-based guidelines, federal banking regulators require banking organizations to maintain a minimum amount of Tier 1 capital to total assets, referred to as the leverage ratio. For a banking organization rated in the highest of the five categories used by regulators to rate banking organizations, the minimum leverage ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is 3%.  For all banking organizations not rated in the highest category, the minimum leverage ratio must be at least 100 to 200 basis points above the 3% minimum, or 4% to 5%. Mid-State Bank & Trust’s ratio is 9.4% as of December 31, 2006. On a consolidated basis, Mid-State Bancshares’ ratio is 9.9% at the same date. In addition to these uniform risk-based capital guidelines and leverage ratios that apply across the industry, the regulators have the discretion to set individual minimum capital requirements for specific institutions at rates significantly above the minimum guidelines and ratios.

Future changes in regulations or practices could further reduce the amount of capital recognized for purposes of capital adequacy. Such a change could affect the ability of the Bank to grow and could restrict the amount of profits, if any, available for the payment of dividends to the Company.

On January 1, 1998 legislation became effective which, among other things, gave the DFI power to take possession of the business and properties of a bank in the event that the tangible shareholders’ equity of the bank is less than the greater of (i) 3% of the bank’s total assets or (ii) $1.0 million.

For additional information concerning the capital ratios of the Company and the Bank, see, “Item 7—Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Under applicable regulatory guidelines, the Bank was considered “Well Capitalized” as of December 31, 2006.

Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms

Federal banking agencies possess broad powers to take corrective and other supervisory action to resolve the problems of insured depository institutions, including but not limited to those institutions that fall below one or more prescribed minimum capital ratios described above. An institution that, based upon its capital levels, is classified as well capitalized, adequately capitalized, or undercapitalized may be treated as though it were in the next lower capital category if the appropriate federal banking agency, after notice and opportunity for hearing, determines that an unsafe or unsound condition or an unsafe or unsound practice warrants such treatment. At each successive lower capital category, an insured depository institution is subject to more restrictions. The federal banking agencies, however, may not treat a significantly undercapitalized institution as critically undercapitalized unless its capital ratio actually warrants such treatment.

In addition to measures taken under the prompt corrective action provisions, commercial banking organizations may be subject to potential enforcement actions by the federal regulators for unsafe or unsound practices in conducting their businesses or for violations of any law, rule, regulation, or any condition imposed in writing by the agency or any written agreement with the agency. Enforcement actions may include:

·       the imposition of a conservator or the issuance of a cease-and-desist order that can be judicially enforced;

·       the termination of insurance of deposits (in the case of a depository institution);

·       the imposition of civil money penalties;

12




·       the issuance of directives to increase capital;

·       the issuance of formal and informal agreements;

·       the issuance of removal and prohibition orders against institution-affiliated parties; and

·       the enforcement of such actions through injunctions or restraining orders based upon a judicial determination that the agency would be harmed if such equitable relief was not granted.

Additionally, a holding company’s inability to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banking organizations could serve as an additional basis for a regulatory action against the holding company.

Banks are also subject to certain Federal Reserve Board restrictions on extensions of credit to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders or any related interests of such persons (i.e., insiders). Extensions of credit (1) must be made on substantially the same terms and pursuant to the same credit underwriting procedures as those for comparable transactions with persons who are neither insiders nor employees, and (2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Banks are also subject to certain lending limits and restrictions on overdrafts to insiders. A violation of these restrictions may result in regulatory sanctions on the bank or its insiders.

Premiums for Deposit Insurance

The Bank’s deposits are currently insured to a maximum of $100,000 per depositor through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) administered by the FDIC. The Bank is required to pay deposit insurance premiums, which are assessed semiannually and paid quarterly. In November, 2006 the FDIC adopted a new risk-based insurance assessment system effective January 1, 2007 designed to tie what banks pay for deposit insurance more closely to the risks they pose. The FDIC also adopted a new base schedule of rates that the FDIC can adjust up or down, depending on the needs of the DIF, and set initial premiums for 2007 that range from 5 cents per $100 of domestic deposits in the lowest risk category to 43 cents per $100 of domestic deposits for banks in the highest risk category. The new assessment system is expected to result in increased annual assessments on the deposits of our Bank of 5 to 7 cents per $100 of domestic deposits. An FDIC credit available of $1.8 million for prior contributions is expected to offset the assessments for 2007. Significant increases in the insurance assessments of our Bank will increase our costs once the credit is fully utilized.

The FDIC is also empowered to make special assessments on insured depository institutions in amounts determined by the FDIC to be necessary to give it adequate assessment income to repay amounts borrowed from the U.S. Treasury and other sources or for any other purpose the FDIC deems necessary.

The FDIC is authorized to terminate a depository institution’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the institution’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the institution’s regulatory agency.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

On July 30, 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), was signed into law to address corporate and accounting fraud. SOX establishes a new accounting oversight board that will enforce auditing standards and restricts the scope of services that accounting firms may provide to their public company audit clients. Among other things, SOX also (i) requires chief executive officers and chief financial officers to certify to the accuracy of periodic reports filed with the SEC; (ii) imposes new disclosure requirements regarding internal controls, off-balance-sheet transactions, and pro forma (non-GAAP) disclosures; (iii) accelerates the time frame for reporting of insider transactions and periodic disclosures by public companies; and (iv) requires companies to disclose whether or not they have adopted a code of ethics for

13




senior financial officers and whether the audit committee includes at least one “audit committee financial expert.”

Under SOX, the SEC is required to regularly and systematically review corporate filings, based on certain enumerated factors. To deter wrongdoing, SOX: (i) subjects bonuses issued to top executives to disgorgement if a restatement of a company’s financial statements was due to corporate misconduct; (ii) prohibits an officer or director from misleading or coercing an auditor; (iii) prohibits insider trades during pension fund “blackout periods”; (iv) imposes new criminal penalties for fraud and other wrongful acts; and (v) extends the period during which certain securities fraud lawsuits can be brought against a company or its officers.

As a public reporting company, the Company is subject to the requirements of SOX and related rules and regulations issued by the SEC and NASDAQ. The Company has incurred additional expense as a result of the requirements of the Act, but does not expect that such compliance will have a material impact on its business overall.

Financial Services Modernization Legislation

On November 12, 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “Financial Services Modernization Act”) was signed into law. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to modernize the banking industry by removing barriers to affiliation among banks, insurance companies, the securities industry and other financial service providers. It provides financial organizations with the flexibility of structuring such affiliations through a holding company structure or through a financial subsidiary of a bank, subject to certain limitations. The Financial Services Modernization Act establishes a new type of bank holding company, known as a financial holding company, which may engage in an expanded list of activities that are “financial in nature,” which include securities and insurance brokerage, securities underwriting, insurance underwriting and merchant banking. The Company has not chosen to seek “financial holding company” status.

The Financial Services Modernization Act also sets forth a system of functional regulation that makes the Federal Reserve Board the “umbrella supervisor” for holding companies, while providing for the supervision of the holding company’s subsidiaries by other federal and state agencies. In addition, the Bank is subject to other provisions of the Financial Services Modernization Act, including those relating to CRA, privacy and safe-guarding confidential customer information, regardless of whether the Company elects to become a financial holding company or to conduct activities through a financial subsidiary of the Bank. The Company does not, however, currently intend to file notice with the Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company or to engage in expanded financial activities through a financial subsidiary of the Bank.

The Company and the Bank do not believe that the Financial Services Modernization Act will have a material adverse effect on their operations in the near-term. However, to the extent that it permits banks, securities firms, and insurance companies to affiliate, the financial services industry may experience further consolidation. The Financial Services Modernization Act is intended to grant to community banks certain powers as a matter of right that larger institutions have accumulated on an ad hoc basis. Nevertheless, this act may have the result of increasing the amount of competition that the Company and the Bank face from larger institutions and other types of companies offering financial products, many of which may have substantially more financial resources than the Company and the Bank.

USA Patriot Act of 2001

On October 26, 2001, President Bush signed the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism, or the Patriot Act, of 2001. Among other things, the Patriot Act (i) prohibits banks from providing correspondent accounts directly to foreign

14




shell banks; (ii) imposes due diligence requirements on banks opening or holding accounts for foreign financial institutions or wealthy foreign individuals; (iii) requires financial institutions to establish an anti-money-laundering compliance program; and (iv) eliminates civil liability for persons who file suspicious activity reports. The Patriot Act also increases governmental powers to investigate terrorism, including expanded government access to account records. The Department of the Treasury is empowered to administer and make rules to implement the Patriot Act. On March 9, 2006, the President signed the USA Patriot Improvement and Reauthorization Act, which extended and modified the original Act. While the Company and the Bank believes the Patriot Act, as amended and reauthorized, affects their recordkeeping and reporting expenses, they do not believe that it has a material adverse effect on their business and operations.

Bank Secrecy Act

In 1970, Congress passed the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act, otherwise known as the Bank Secrecy Act (the “BSA”), which established requirements for recordkeeping and reporting by banks and other financial institutions. The BSA was designed to help identify the source, volume and movement of currency and other monetary instruments into and out of the United States in order to help detect and prevent money laundering connected with drug trafficking, terrorism and other criminal activities. The primary tool used to implement BSA requirements is the filing of Suspicious Activity Reports. Today, the BSA requires that all banking institutions develop and provide for the continued administration of a program reasonably designed to assure and monitor compliance with certain recordkeeping and reporting requirements regarding both domestic and international currency transactions. These programs must, at a minimum, provide for a system of internal controls to assure ongoing compliance, provide for independent testing of such systems and compliance, designate individuals responsible for such compliance and provide appropriate personnel training.

Commercial Real Estate Lending

Federal banking regulators recently issued final guidance regarding commercial real estate lending to address a concern that rising commercial real estate lending concentrations may expose institutions to unanticipated earnings and capital volatility in the event of adverse changes in the general commercial real estate market. This guidance suggests that institutions that are potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate concentration risk will be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. Institutions that have experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, have notable exposure to specific types of commercial real estate lending, or are approaching or exceed certain supervisory criteria that measure an institution’s commercial real estate portfolio against its capital levels, may be subject to such increased regulatory scrutiny. Our commercial real estate portfolio may be viewed as falling within one or more of the foregoing categories, and accordingly we may become subject to increased regulatory scrutiny because of our commercial real estate portfolio. If it is determined by our regulator that we have an undue concentration in commercial real estate lending, we may be required to maintain increased levels of capital and/or be required to reduce our concentration in commercial real estate loans.

Transactions between Affiliates

Transactions between a bank and its “affiliates” are quantitatively and qualitatively restricted under the Federal Reserve Act. The Federal Reserve Board issued Regulation W on October 31, 2002, which comprehensively implements Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act. Sections 23A and 23B and Regulation W restrict loans by a depository institution to its affiliates, asset purchases by a depository institution from its affiliates, and other transactions between a depository institution and its affiliates. Regulation W unifies in one public document the Federal Reserve Board’s interpretations of Section 23A and 23B. Regulation W had an effective date of April 1, 2003.

15




Community Reinvestment Act

The Bank is subject to certain fair lending requirements and reporting obligations involving home mortgage lending operations and CRA activities. The CRA generally requires the federal banking agencies to evaluate the record of a financial institution in meeting the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. In addition to substantial penalties and corrective measures that may be required for a violation of certain fair lending laws, the federal banking agencies may take compliance with such laws and CRA into account when regulating and supervising other activities.

When a bank holding company applies for approval to acquire a bank or other bank holding company, the Federal Reserve will review the assessment of each subsidiary bank of the applicant bank holding company, and such records may be the basis for denying the application. A bank’s compliance with its CRA obligations is based on a performance-based evaluation system which bases CRA ratings on an institution’s lending service and investment performance, resulting in a rating by the appropriate bank regulatory agency of “outstanding”, “satisfactory”, “needs to improve” or “substantial noncompliance.” At its last examination by the FDIC, the Bank received a CRA rating of “Satisfactory.”

Safety and Soundness Standards

The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (“FDICIA”) imposes certain specific restrictions on transactions and requires federal banking regulators to adopt overall safety and soundness standards for depository institutions related to internal control, loan underwriting and documentation and asset growth. Among other things, FDICIA limits the interest rates paid on deposits by undercapitalized institutions, restricts the use of brokered deposits, limits the aggregate extensions of credit by a depository institution to an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or related interest, and reduces deposit insurance coverage for deposits offered by undercapitalized institutions for deposits by certain employee benefits accounts. The federal banking agencies may require an institution to submit to an acceptable compliance plan as well as have the flexibility to pursue other more appropriate or effective courses of action given the specific circumstances and severity of an institution’s noncompliance with one or more standards.

Privacy

Federal banking rules limit the ability of banks and other financial institutions to disclose non-public information about consumers to non-affiliated third parties. Pursuant to these rules, financial institutions must provide:

·       initial notices to customers about their privacy policies, describing the conditions under which they may disclose non-public information to non-affiliated third parties and affiliates;

·       annual notices of their privacy policies to current customers; and

·       a reasonable method for customers to “opt out” of disclosures to non-affiliated third parties.

These privacy provisions affect how consumer information is transmitted through diversified financial companies and conveyed to outside vendors. We have implemented our privacy policies in accordance with the law.

In recent years, a number of states have implemented their own versions of privacy laws. For example, in 2003, California adopted standards that are more restrictive than federal law, allowing bank customers the opportunity to bar financial companies from sharing information with their affiliates.

16




Federal Home Loan Bank System

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of San Francisco. Among other benefits, each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. Each FHLB is financed primarily from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB system. Each FHLB makes available loans or advances to its members in compliance with the policies and procedures established by the Board of Directors of the individual FHLB.

A new capital plan of the FHLB of San Francisco was approved by the Federal Housing Finance Board and was implemented on April 1, 2004. The new capital plan incorporates a single class of stock with a par value of $100 per share, and may be issued, exchanged, redeemed, and repurchased only at par value. Each member must own stock in an amount equal to the greater of:

·       a membership stock requirement with an initial cap of $25 million (1.00% of “membership asset value” as defined), or

·       an activity based stock requirement (based on percentage of outstanding advances).

The new capital stock is redeemable with five years’ written notice, subject to certain conditions. Total holdings of  FHLB stock by the Company amounted to $8.6 million at December 31, 2006.

Predatory Lending

The term “predatory lending,” much like the terms “safety and soundness” and “unfair and deceptive practices,” is far-reaching and covers a potentially broad range of behavior. As such, it does not lend itself to a concise or a comprehensive definition. But typically predatory lending involves at least one, and perhaps all three, of the following elements:

·       making unaffordable loans based on the assets of the borrower rather than on the borrower’s ability to repay an obligation, or asset-based lending;

·       inducing a borrower to refinance a loan repeatedly in order to charge high points and fees each time the loan is refinanced, or loan flipping; and

·       engaging in fraud or deception to conceal the true nature of the loan obligation from an unsuspecting or unsophisticated borrower.

Federal Reserve Board regulations aimed at curbing such lending significantly widened the pool of high-cost home-secured loans covered by the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994, a federal law that requires extra disclosures and consumer protections to borrowers. The following scenarios trigger coverage under the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act of 1994:

·       interest rates for first lien mortgage loans in excess of 8 percentage points above comparable Treasury securities,

·       subordinate-lien loans of 10 percentage points above Treasury securities, and

·       fees such as optional insurance and similar debt protection costs paid in connection with the credit transaction, when combined with points and fees if deemed excessive.

In addition, the regulation bars loan flipping by the same lender or loan servicer within a year. Lenders also will be presumed to have violated the law—which says loans shouldn’t be made to people unable to repay them—unless they document that the borrower has the ability to repay. Lenders that violate the rules face cancellation of loans and penalties equal to the finance charges paid. The Company does not expect these rules and potential state action in this area to have a material impact on our financial condition or results of operation.

17




Accounting Changes

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issues pronouncements which govern the accounting treatment for the Company’s financial statements. For a description of the recent pronouncements applicable to the Company see the Notes to the Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

Off Balance Sheet and Other Related Party Transactions

As noted in Footnote 12 to the financial statements, the Company is contingently liable for letter of credit accommodations made to its customers in the ordinary course of business totaling $39.8 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $40.9 million one year earlier. Additionally, the Company has undisbursed loan commitments, also made in the ordinary course of business, totaling $658.0 million, which compares to $657.7 million outstanding one year earlier.

There are no Special Purpose Entity (“SPE”) trusts, corporations, or other legal entities established by the Company which reside off-balance sheet. There are no other off-balance sheet items other than the aforementioned items related to letter of credit accommodations and undisbursed loan commitments.

As noted in Footnote 5 to the financial statements, the Company does make loans to related parties (directors and officers) in the ordinary course of business at prevailing rates and terms. These loans totaled $20.8 million at the end of 2006, compared to the $14.1 million outstanding one year earlier. While loans to insiders and related parties are generally prohibited under SOX, as a bank, the Bank is exempt from this rule.

Where You Can Find More Information.

Under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Sections 13 and 15(d), periodic and current reports must be filed with the SEC. The Company electronically files the following reports with the SEC: Form 10-K (Annual Report), Form 10-Q (Quarterly Report), Form 11-K (Annual Report for Employees’ Stock Purchase and Savings Plans), Form 8-K (Current Report), Forms 3, 4, and 5 (Changes in Beneficial Ownership) and Form DEF 14A (Proxy Statement). The Company may file additional forms. The SEC maintains an Internet site, www.sec.gov, in which all forms filed electronically may be accessed. Additionally, all forms filed with the SEC and additional shareholder information, such as certain corporate governance documents including the Company’s and Bank’s audit committee charter, compensation committee charter, nominating/corporate governance committee charter, corporate governance guidelines, and corporate code of conduct (which includes the code of ethics required by the SEC and applicable to senior executive officers of the Company and Bank), are available free of charge on the Company’s website: www.midstatebank.com. The Company posts these reports to its website as soon as reasonably practicable after filing them with the SEC. None of the information on or hyperlinked from the Company’s website is incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

18




ITEM 1.A.   RISK FACTORS

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business. The material risks and uncertainties that management believes may affect our business are described below. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included or incorporated by reference in this report. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones facing our business. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair our business operations. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

If any of the following risks actually occur, our financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. If this were to happen, the value of our common stock could decline significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

This item 1A has been updated from prior years’ filings to reflect the fact that the Company has entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Rabobank with the acquisition expected to be consummated in the second quarter of 2007.

Risks Associated with our Business.

We are highly dependent on real estate and a downturn in the real estate market could hurt our business.

A significant portion of our loan portfolio is dependent on real estate. At December 31, 2006, real estate served as the principal source of collateral with respect to approximately 83% of our loan portfolio. A decline in current economic conditions or rising interest rates could have an adverse effect on the demand for new loans, the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, the value of real estate and other collateral securing loans and the value of real estate owned by us, as well as our financial condition and results of operations in general and the market value of our common stock. As more fully discussed in Item 7 of this Report under “External Factors Impacting the Bank, Economic Conditions,” real estate prices have continued to rise in the Bank’s service area but increases in sales activity have slowed in 2006 compared to 2005. Slower sales and higher inventories of homes for sale could, potentially cause some downward pressure on prices as well as impact real estate developers ability to repay their development loans according to their original terms

Acts of nature, including earthquakes, floods and fires, which may cause uninsured damage and other loss of value to real estate that secures these loans, may also negatively impact our financial condition.

We also have a concentration in commercial real estate loans.

We also have a high concentration in commercial real estate or CRE loans. CRE loans generally involve a higher degree of credit risk than residential mortgage lending due, among other things, to the large amounts loaned to individual borrowers. Losses incurred on loans to a small number of borrowers could have a material adverse impact on our income and financial condition. Unlike residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans generally depend on the cash flow from the property to service the debt. Cash flow may be significantly affected by general economic conditions.

In addition, federal banking regulators recently issued final guidance regarding commercial real estate lending. This guidance suggests that institutions that are potentially exposed to significant commercial real estate concentration risk will be subject to increased regulatory scrutiny. Institutions that have experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, have notable exposure to specific types of commercial real estate lending, or are approaching or exceed certain supervisory criteria that measure an institution’s commercial real estate portfolio against its capital levels, may be subject to such increased regulatory scrutiny. Our commercial real estate portfolio may be viewed as falling within one or more of the foregoing categories, and accordingly we may become subject to increased regulatory scrutiny because of our commercial real estate portfolio. If it is determined by our regulator that we have an undue concentration

19




in commercial real estate lending, we may be required to maintain increased levels of capital and/or be required to reduce our concentration in commercial real estate loans.

Our real estate lending also exposes us to the risk of environmental liabilities.

In the course of our business, we may foreclose and take title to real estate, and could be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to these properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or to third persons for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs incurred by these parties in connection with environmental contamination, or may be required to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances, or chemical releases at a property. The costs associated with investigation or remediation activities could be substantial. In addition, as the owner or former owner of a contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. If we ever become subject to significant environmental liabilities, our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

Insufficient loan demand could have an adverse impact on our business.

We are significantly affected by the level of loan demand available in our markets. Strong local pressure from competitors to make loans to existing and potential customers also affects our ability to make sufficient loans. The inability to make sufficient loans directly affects the interest income we earn. Lower loan demand will generally result in lower interest income since funds will be placed in lower yielding investments.

Our business is subject to interest rate risk and changes in interest rates may adversely affect our performance and financial condition.

Our earnings are impacted by changing interest rates. Changes in interest rates impact the demand for new loans, the credit profile of our borrowers, the rates received on loans and securities and rates paid on deposits and borrowings. The difference between the rates received on loans and securities and the rates paid on deposits and borrowings is known as interest rate spread. Increasing levels of competition in the banking and financial services business, which we are currently experiencing in our market, may decrease our net interest spread by forcing us to offer lower lending interest rates and pay higher deposit interest rates.

A sustained decrease in market interest rates could adversely affect our earnings. When interest rates decline, borrowers tend to refinance higher-rate, fixed-rate loans at lower rates, prepaying their existing loans. Under those circumstances, we would not be able to reinvest those prepayments in assets earning interest rates as high as the rates on the prepaid loans. In addition, our commercial real estate and commercial loans, which carry interest rates that, in general, adjust in accordance with changes in the prime rate, will adjust to lower rates. We are also significantly affected by the level of loan demand available in our market. Given our current volume and mix of interest-bearing liabilities and interest-earning assets, our interest rate spread can be expected to increase when market interest rates are rising, and to decline when market interest rates are declining. The Federal Reserve Board’s decrease in rates during 2001, 2002 and 2003 substantially impacted our interest rate spread, as the spread for 2004 declined to 5.38% (taxable equivalent) from 5.54% (taxable equivalent) in 2003 and from 5.74% (taxable equivalent) in 2002. Increases in short term rates by the Federal Reserve Board in the latter half of 2004 through 2006 are having the effect of beginning to reverse this trend with our interest spread rising to 6.00% (taxable equivalent) in 2006. Although we believe our current level of interest rate sensitivity is reasonable, significant fluctuations in interest rates may have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

20




Economic conditions on the California Central Coast could adversely affect our operations and/or cause us to sustain losses.

Our retail and commercial banking operations are concentrated primarily in San Luis Obispo, Ventura and Santa Barbara Counties. As a result of this geographic concentration, our results of operations depend largely upon economic conditions in this area. A significant source of risk arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained if a significant number of our borrowers, guarantors and related parties fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. This risk increases when the economy is weak. We have adopted underwriting and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for credit losses, that management believes are appropriate to minimize this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, tracking loan performance and diversifying our credit portfolio. These policies and procedures, however, may not prevent unexpected losses that could materially adversely affect our results of operations in general and the market value of our stock.

We face strong competition from financial service companies and other companies that offer banking services that could hurt our business.

The financial services business in our market areas is highly competitive. It is becoming increasingly competitive due to changes in regulation, technological advances, and the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. We face competition both in attracting quality assets and deposits and in making loans. We compete for loans principally through the interest rates and loan fees we charge and the efficiency and quality of services we provide. Increasing levels of competition in the banking and financial services business may reduce our market share, decrease loan demand, cause the prices we charge for our services to fall, or decrease our net interest margin by forcing us to offer lower lending interest rates and pay higher deposit interest rates. Therefore, our results may differ in future periods depending upon the nature or level of competition.

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions that historically have involved banks through alternative methods. For example, consumers can now maintain funds that would have historically been held as bank deposits in brokerage accounts or mutual funds. Consumers can also complete transactions such as paying bills and/or transferring funds directly without the assistance of banks. The process of eliminating banks as intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost deposits as a source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to attract and retain skilled people.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most of our activities can be intense and we may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of our key personnel could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, knowledge of our market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

21




Our internal operations are subject to a number of risks.

We are subject to certain operations risks, including, but not limited to, data processing system failures and errors, customer or employee fraud and catastrophic failures resulting from terrorist acts or natural disasters. We maintain a system of internal controls to mitigate against such occurrences and maintain insurance coverage for such risks that are insurable, but should such an event occur that is not prevented or detected by our internal controls, uninsured or in excess of applicable insurance limits, it could have a significant adverse impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Information Systems.   We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Technological Advances.   The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. Our future success depends, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. We may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on our business and, in turn, our financial condition and results of operations.

Severe Weather, Natural Disasters, Acts Of War Or Terrorism and Other External Events.   Severe weather, natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism and other adverse external events could have a significant impact on our ability to conduct business. Such events could affect the stability of our deposit base, impair the ability of borrowers to repay outstanding loans, impair the value of collateral securing loans, cause significant property damage, result in loss of revenue and/or cause us to incur additional expenses. For example, the Central Coast of California is subject to earthquakes and fires. Operations in our market could be disrupted by both the evacuation of large portions of the population as well as damage and or lack of access to our banking and operation facilities. While we have not experienced such an occurrence to date, other severe weather or natural disasters, acts of war or terrorism or other adverse external events may occur in the future. Although management has established disaster recovery policies and procedures, the occurrence of any such event could have a material adverse effect on our business, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We depend on cash dividends from our subsidiary bank to meet our cash obligations.

As a holding company, dividends from our subsidiary bank provide a substantial portion of our cash flow used to service our obligations, including cash dividends. See “Item 5—Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.” Various statutory provisions restrict the amount of dividends our subsidiary bank can pay to us without regulatory approval.

22




Risks Associated with our Industry.

We are subject to government regulation that could limit or restrict our activities, which in turn could adversely impact our operations.

The financial services industry is regulated extensively. Federal and State regulation is designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers, and not to benefit our shareholders. These regulations can sometimes impose significant limitations on our operations.

New laws and regulations or changes in existing laws and regulations or repeal of existing laws and regulations may adversely impact our business. We have to comply with all governmental regulations such as the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, the Bank Secrecy Act, the Patriot Act, the Community Reinvestment Act, and many others. The cumulative cost of compliance with these regulations could be significant and affect the ability of the Company to earn an adequate return for its shareholders. For example, operating expenses were impacted by the significant cost of compliance with the new Sarbanes-Oxley Section 404 provisions in the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Further, federal monetary policy, particularly as implemented through the Federal Reserve System, significantly affects economic conditions for us.

New legislative and regulatory proposals may affect our operations and growth.

Proposals to change the laws and regulations governing the operations and taxation of, and federal insurance premiums paid by, banks and other financial institutions and companies that control such institutions are frequently raised in the U.S. Congress, state legislatures and before bank regulatory authorities. The likelihood of any major changes in the future and the impact such changes might have on us or our subsidiaries are impossible to determine. Similarly, proposals to change the accounting treatment applicable to banks and other depository institutions are frequently raised by the SEC, the federal banking agencies, the IRS and other appropriate authorities. The likelihood and impact of any additional future changes in law or regulation and the impact such changes might have on us or our subsidiaries are impossible to determine at this time.

Risks Associated with our Stock.

Our current Common Stock value is heavily influenced by the acquisition price to be paid by Rabobank. If the acquisition is not consummated, the price of the Company’s Common Stock is likely to fall.

The price of our Common Stock rose immediately following the public announcement of the signing of the agreement and plan of merger with Rabobank and has risen slightly since then to nearly the acquisition price of $37.00 per share. The acquisition is subject to several conditions, including but not limited to, shareholder and regulatory approvals, which have not yet been obtained and we cannot provide any assurance as to when, or if, they will be obtained. The shareholders will be asked to approve the acquisition at a special meeting anticipated to be held on or about April 25, 2007. The required regulatory approvals have not yet been received. See the agreement and plan of merger attached to Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2006 for additional conditions to the consummation of the acquisition. See also Item 3, Legal Proceedings of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information regarding a lawsuit which has been filed in connection with the acquisition.

Our Common Stock.

Our common stock is not a bank deposit and, therefore, is not insured against loss by the FDIC, any other deposit insurance fund or by any other public or private entity. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, if you acquire our common stock, you may lose some or all of your investment.

23




Risks Relating to the Proposed Merger

Consummation of the proposed merger is subject to the satisfaction of various closing conditions, including approval of the merger by a vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of our common stock, approval of certain regulatory authorities and other customary closing conditions described in the agreement and plan of merger. We expect the merger to be closed during the second quarter. However, we cannot guarantee that these closing conditions will be satisfied or that the proposed merger will be successfully completed. In the event that the proposed merger is not completed:

·       management’s and employees’ attention from the Company’s day-to-day business may be diverted;

·       the Company may lose key employees;

·       the Company’s relationships with customers may be disrupted as a result of uncertainties with regard to its business and prospects;

·       certain costs related to the proposed merger, including the fees and/or expenses of our legal, accounting and financial advisors, would have to be paid even if the proposed merger is not completed;

·       under circumstances defined in the agreement and plan of merger, the Company may be required to pay a termination (break-up) fee up to $27.5 million and expenses incurred by the acquirer, up to a maximum of $2 million if the Company were to accept a competing offer;

·       additional shareholder lawsuits may be filed against us in connection with the agreement and plan of merger;

·       the market price of shares of the Company’s common stock should be expected to decline since the current market price of those shares reflects a market assumption that the proposed merger will be completed; and

·       a failed merger may result in negative publicity and/or a negative impression of us in the investment community.

Any such events would likely have a material negative impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition and could further adversely affect the Company’s stock price.

The announcement of the proposed merger may have had a negative impact on the Company’s ability to attract and retain key management and maintain and attract new third-party relationships. Any such events could have a material negative impact on the Company’s results of operations and financial condition.

ITEM 1B.     UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

The Company does not have any unresolved staff comments received from the staff of the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC).

24




ITEM 2.                PROPERTIES

The Company’s principal office is located at 1026 Grand Avenue, Arroyo Grande, California. As of December 31, 2006, the Bank owned 25 of its branch offices, 4 non-banking support offices and leased 18 other Bank locations (covered by 20 leases). The Company believes its present facilities are in good condition and are adequate for its present needs. The Company does not anticipate difficulty in renewing existing leases as they expire or in finding alternative facilities. See Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a further description of the Company’s lease obligations.

Owned by Bank or Subsidiary:

 

 

 

Location of Offices

 

 

 

 

Encumbrance

 

Arroyo Grande*

 

991 Bennett Avenue

 

NONE

Arroyo Grande

 

1026 Grand Avenue

 

NONE

Arroyo Grande*

 

550 Camino Mercado

 

NONE

Arroyo Grande*

 

398 Sunrise Terrace

 

NONE

Atascadero

 

6950 El Camino Real

 

NONE

Buellton

 

West Highway 246 & Central

 

NONE

Cambria

 

1070 Main Street

 

NONE

Goleta Valley

 

5956 Calle Real

 

NONE

Grover Beach

 

899 Grand Avenue

 

NONE

Grover Beach*

 

140 North Second Street

 

NONE

Guadalupe

 

905 Guadalupe Street

 

NONE

Lompoc

 

828 North “H” Street

 

NONE

Los Osos

 

1001 Los Osos Valley Road

 

NONE

Morro Bay

 

251 Harbor Street

 

NONE

Nipomo

 

615 West Tefft Street

 

NONE

Oak View

 

410 No. Ventura Avenue

 

NONE

Paso Robles

 

845 Spring Street

 

NONE

Pismo Beach

 

801 Price Street

 

NONE

San Luis Obispo

 

75 Santa Rosa

 

NONE

San Luis Obispo

 

2276 Broad Street

 

NONE

Santa Barbara

 

914 Carpinteria Street

 

NONE

Santa Barbara

 

33 East Carrillo Street

 

NONE

Santa Barbara

 

2222 Bath Street

 

NONE

Santa Maria

 

720 North Broadway

 

NONE

Santa Maria

 

2739 Santa Maria Way

 

NONE

Santa Maria

 

1554 South Broadway

 

NONE

Santa Maria

 

519 E. Main Street

 

NONE

Templeton

 

1025 Las Tablas Road

 

NONE

Vandenberg Village

 

3745 Constellation Road

 

NONE

 

25




 

Leased by Bank or Subsidiary:

 

 

 

Location of Offices

 

 

 

Rent/Lease Term

 

 

Arroyo Grande

 

1132 West Branch Street

 

$3,500.00 per month

West Branch In Store Office

 

 

 

Expires February, 2010

Camarillo

 

470 Arneill Road

 

$7,442.69 per month

Camarillo Financial Center

 

 

 

Expires June, 2009

Cayucos

 

107 North Ocean Avenue

 

$1,859.00 per month

 

 

 

Expires November, 2007

Goleta Valley

 

5340 Hollister Avenue

 

$5,210.28 per month

Hollister Office

 

 

 

Expires February, 2008

Ojai

 

1207 Maricopa Highway

 

$8,823.31 per month

Ojai Valley

 

 

 

Expires December, 2014

Orcutt

 

1110 East Clark Avenue

 

$11,292.00 per month

 

 

 

 

Expires October, 2010

Oxnard

 

300 Esplanade Drive,

 

$15,806.75 per month

Esplanade Financial Center

 

Suite 101

 

Expires September, 2012

Oxnard *

 

300 Esplanade Drive,

 

$12,570.36 per month

 

 

Suite 110

 

Expires August, 2012

Oxnard

 

155 “A” Street

 

$6,030.42 per month

Downtown Oxnard Office

 

 

 

Expires June, 2010

Paso Robles

 

705 Golden Hill Road

 

$10,477.00 per month

Creston Road Office

 

 

 

Expires October, 2012

Pismo Beach

 

865 Oak Park Boulevard

 

$11,003.00 per month

Oak Park Office

 

 

 

Expires March, 2008

Santa Maria **

 

720 North Broadway

 

$2,749.00 per month

North Broadway Office-Land

 

 

 

Expires Dec, 2008

Santa Ynez

 

3600 Sagunto Street

 

$2,887.00 per month

 

 

 

Expires April, 2012

Solvang

 

1600 Copenhagen Drive

 

$12,099.16 per month

 

 

 

 

Expires April, 2008

Ventura

 

300 S. Mills Road

 

$17,306.94 per month

Mills Road Financial Center

 

 

 

Expires August, 2012

Ventura

 

304 E. Main Street

 

$12,051.00 per month

Downtown Ventura Office

 

 

 

Expires November, 2012

Ventura

 

6401 E. Telephone Road

 

$12,307.32 per month

County Center Office

 

 

 

Expires September, 2012

Westlake Village

 

2663 Townsgate Road

 

$17,233.96 per month

 

 

 

 

Expires September, 2015

Westlake Village Commercial

 

2663 Townsgate Road,

 

$7,843.25 per month

Banking Office *

 

Suite 113/119

 

Expires December, 2011

 

26




Former Bank Offices Leased by Bank—Which Are Sub-Leased

Nipomo
Ground Lease

630 W. Tefft Street

$4,341.00 per month
Expires February, 2015


*                    The Bank’s rental expense for 2006 was $2.5 million. See Note 6 of the Company’s financial statements included in Item 8 of this Report for certain additional information concerning the amount of the Bank’s lease commitment. All offices listed are full service branch offices, except those with asterisks noted above. Asterisks represent non-banking support offices (e.g., Administration, Data Processing, Supplies Warehouse, Credit Services, et. al.)

**             Ground lease on property adjacent to a fully owned facility.

ITEM 3.                LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Company is, from time to time, subject to various pending and threatened legal actions which arise out of the normal course of its business. The Company is not a party to any pending legal or administrative proceedings as of December 31, 2006 (other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to the Company’s business) and no such proceedings are known to be contemplated. The Company does not expect the resolution of these items to have a material impact on its financial condition or operating results.

On November 15, 2006, David Fuerstenberg, a purported shareholder of Mid-State, filed a complaint seeking class action status in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Luis Obispo against Mid-State and each of its directors entitled Fuerstenberg v Mid-State Bancshares et al (Case No. CV060976). The complaint contains a single cause of action for breach of fiduciary duty alleging that the Mid-State directors breached their fiduciary duties with regard to the proposed merger. The alleged breaches of fiduciary duty are non-specific. Among other things, the complaint seeks class action status, a court order enjoining Mid-State and its directors from proceeding with or consummating the merger and the payment of attorneys’ and experts fees. The Company intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

There are no material proceedings adverse to the Company to which any director, officer, affiliate of the Company, 5% shareholder of the Company, or any associate of any such director, officer, affiliate or 5% shareholder of the Company is a party, and none of the above persons has a material interest adverse to the Company.

ITEM 4.                SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2006.

27




PART II

ITEM 5.                MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

The Company’s Common Stock trades on the NASDAQ National Market under the symbol “MDST.” The following table summarizes those trades of the Company’s Common Stock on NASDAQ, setting forth the approximate high and low closing sales prices for each quarterly period ended since January 1, 2005. The closing sales price on December 31, 2006 was $36.39 (reflective of the purchase price per share to be paid in the pending Rabobank transaction) compared to the close one year earlier of $26.75.

 

 

Closing
Sales Prices

 

Quarter Ended 2005

 

 

 

Low

 

High

 

March 31

 

$

25.80

 

$

28.89

 

June 30

 

$

24.00

 

$

28.94

 

September 30

 

$

26.70

 

$

31.29

 

December 31

 

$

25.84

 

$

29.61

 

 

 

 

Closing
Sales Prices

 

Quarter Ended 2006

 

 

 

Low

 

High

 

March 31

 

$

27.12

 

$

29.80

 

June 30

 

$

25.85

 

$

29.74

 

September 30

 

$

26.07

 

$

28.36

 

December 31

 

$

26.72

 

$

36.61

 

 

There are approximately 5,000 holders of Mid-State Bancshares common stock as of December 31, 2006.

Dividends

The following table sets forth the per share amount and month of payment for all cash dividends paid since January 1, 2005 by the Company to its shareholders.

Payable Date

 

 

 

Dividend

 

January 17, 2005

 

$

0.16 per share

 

April 15, 2005

 

$

0.16 per share

 

July 15, 2005

 

$

0.16 per share

 

October 14, 2005

 

$

0.16 per share

 

January 17, 2006

 

$

0.18 per share

 

April 17, 2006

 

$

0.18 per share

 

July 17, 2006

 

$

0.18 per share

 

October 16, 2006

 

$

0.18 per share

 

January 16, 2007

 

$

0.18 per share

 

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. The Company’s shareholders are entitled to receive dividends when declared by its Board of Directors, out of funds legally available therefore, subject to the restrictions set forth in the California General Corporation Law (the Corporation Law). The Corporation Law provides that a corporation may make a distribution to its shareholders if the corporation’s retained earnings equal at least the amount of the proposed distribution. The Corporation Law also provides that, in the event that sufficient retained earnings are not available for the proposed

28




distribution, a corporation may, nevertheless, make a distribution to its shareholders if it meets two conditions, which generally stated are as follows: (i) the corporation’s assets equal at least 1-1/4 times its liabilities, and (ii) the corporation’s current assets equal at least its current liabilities or, if the average of the corporation’s earnings before taxes on income and before interest expenses for the two preceding fiscal years was less than the average of the corporation’s interest expenses for such fiscal years, then the corporation’s current assets must equal at least 1-1/4 times its current liabilities.

The ability of the Company to pay a cash dividend depends largely on the Bank’s ability to pay a cash dividend to the Company. The payment of cash dividends by the Bank is subject to restrictions set forth in the California Financial Code (the Financial Code). The Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of the lesser of (a) the bank’s retained earnings; or (b) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years, less the amount of any distributions made by the bank or by any majority-owned subsidiary of the bank to the shareholders of the bank during such period. However, a bank may, with the approval of the DFI, make a distribution to its shareholders in an amount not exceeding the greater of (x) its retained earnings; (y) its net income for its last fiscal year; or (z) its net income for its current fiscal year. In the event that the DFI determines that the shareholders’ equity of a bank is inadequate or that the making of a distribution by the bank would be unsafe or unsound, the DFI may order the bank to refrain from making a proposed distribution. The FDIC may also restrict the payment of dividends if such payment would be deemed unsafe or unsound or if after the payment of such dividends, the Bank would be included in one of the “undercapitalized” categories for capital adequacy purposes pursuant to federal law. (See, “Item 1—Prompt Corrective Action and Other Enforcement Mechanisms.”) Additionally, while the Federal Reserve Board has no general restriction with respect to the payment of cash dividends by an adequately capitalized bank to its parent holding company, the Federal Reserve Board might, under certain circumstances, place restrictions on the ability of a particular bank to pay dividends based upon peer group averages and the performance and maturity of the particular bank, or object to management fees to be paid by a subsidiary bank to its holding company on the basis that such fees cannot be supported by the value of the services rendered or are not the result of an arm’s length transaction.

Whether or not dividends will be paid in the future will be determined by the Board of Directors after consideration of various factors. The Company’s profitability and regulatory capital ratios in addition to other financial conditions will be key factors considered by the Board of Directors in making such determinations regarding the payment of dividends by the Company.

The agreement and plan of merger with Rabobank provides that the Company may pay regular quarterly dividends in accordance with its prior practices up to the close of the transaction, not to exceed $.18 per share per quarter. Again, any decision to do so will be made by the Board of Directors as described above. In addition to any regular quarterly dividend paid for the first quarter, the Company may pay a special cash dividend of an additional $.18 per share if the transaction has not been consummated on or before April 30, 2007. Similarly, if the transaction has not been consummated on or before July 31, 2007, the Company may pay a special cash dividend of an additional $.18 per share over any regularly declared dividend for the second quarter.

29




Transfer Agent

Mellon Investor Services, LLC serves as the Company’s transfer agent. Shareholder inquiries regarding holdings of Mid-State Bancshares Common Stock can be directed to:

Mellon Investor Services, LLC
P. O. Box 3315
South Hackensack, NJ 07606

Or

Mellon Investor Services, LLC
480 Washington Boulevard
Jersey City, NJ 07310-1900

By Phone:
1-(888)-540-9878 (U.S. & Canada)
1-(201)-329-8660 (Outside U.S.)

TDD for Hearing Impaired:             (800) 231-5469
Foreign Shareowners:                        (201) 680-6578
TDD Foreign Shareowners:             (201) 680-6610

Web Site Address:              www.melloninvestor.com/isd

Mellon Investor Services maintains the records for registered Mid-State Bancshares shareholders and can help with such services as change of name or address, consolidation of accounts, duplicate mailings, dividend reinvestment enrollment, lost stock certificates, transfer of stock to another person, and additional administrative services. For more information, they can be contacted via the Internet at www.melloninvestor.com.

Stock Repurchase Program

The Board of Directors at its regular meeting of June 15, 2005, authorized the purchase of up to 1,141,373 additional shares since its prior authorizations in May 2002 and January 2004 had expired. The June 2005 authorization does not have an expiration date. The repurchase program seeks to reduce the number of outstanding shares resulting in an improvement to the Company’s earnings per share and to its return on equity. All of these shares were purchased at current market prices on the date of transaction in compliance with the SEC rules. The total number of shares repurchased was 608,876, 845,055, and 658,867 in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. The average price paid per share in 2006, 2005, and 2004 was $27.79, $27.29, and $25.26, respectively. As of December 31, 2006, the Company could repurchase up to an additional 207,799 shares under the June 2005 authorization. There was no repurchase activity in the fourth quarter of 2006 and no further repurchase activity is anticipated prior to the consummation of the pending merger with Rabobank.

30




ITEM 6.                SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Mid-State Bancshares

(In thousands—except per share data)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Year Ended December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income (not taxable equivalent)

 

$

145,796

 

$

128,326

 

$

109,936

 

$

105,240

 

$

109,332

 

Interest Expense

 

27,405

 

15,503

 

8,450

 

9,699

 

16,381

 

Net Interest Income

 

118,391

 

112,823

 

101,486

 

95,541

 

92,951

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

 

 

(2,700

)

(969

)

600

 

Net Interest Income after provision for loan losses

 

118,391

 

112,823

 

104,186

 

96,510

 

92,351

 

Non-interest income

 

21,865

 

21,441

 

27,764

 

29,059

 

24,321

 

Non-interest expense

 

85,731

 

77,674

 

79,294

 

74,691

 

70,925

 

Income before income taxes

 

54,525

 

56,590

 

52,656

 

50,878

 

45,747

 

Provision for income taxes

 

19,246

 

19,099

 

17,547

 

17,714

 

15,892

 

Net Income

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

$

33,164

 

$

29,855

 

Per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income—basic

 

$

1.59

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.50

 

$

1.41

 

$

1.25

 

Net Income—diluted

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.61

 

$

1.47

 

$

1.40

 

$

1.20

 

Weighted avg. shares for Basic E.P.S. calculation

 

22,211

 

22,788

 

23,422

 

23,443

 

23,962

 

Weighted avg. shares for Diluted E.P.S.
calculation

 

22,711

 

23,300

 

23,897

 

23,762

 

24,837

 

Cash dividends

 

$

0.72

 

$

0.66

 

$

0.58

 

$

0.50

 

$

0.41

 

Book value at period-end

 

$

12.73

 

$

12.10

 

$

11.89

 

$

11.56

 

$

10.72

 

Tangible book value at period-end

 

$

10.32

 

$

9.69

 

$

9.48

 

$

9.15

 

$

8.94

 

Ending Shares

 

22,188

 

22,520

 

23,099

 

23,567

 

23,697

 

Period Averages:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

2,358,789

 

$

2,367,764

 

$

2,269,873

 

$

2,045,252

 

$

1,892,137

 

Total Tangible Assets

 

2,304,919

 

2,312,889

 

2,213,639

 

2,000,406

 

1,850,671

 

Total Loans & Leases

 

1,554,271

 

1,472,885

 

1,310,842

 

1,131,932

 

1,109,245

 

Total Earning Assets

 

2,117,216

 

2,120,123

 

2,050,218

 

1,857,241

 

1,718,280

 

Total Deposits

 

2,011,845

 

2,049,280

 

1,970,248

 

1,763,215

 

1,623,510

 

Common Equity

 

275,650

 

276,412

 

277,054

 

261,103

 

244,295

 

Common Tangible Equity

 

221,780

 

221,537

 

220,820

 

217,982

 

202,829

 

At December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

99,675

 

$

109,791

 

$

112,669

 

$

123,763

 

$

128,036

 

Investments and Fed Funds Sold

 

526,282

 

619,332

 

650,817

 

822,179

 

625,483

 

Loans held for sale

 

12,840

 

10,176

 

12,988

 

13,410

 

22,560

 

Loans, net of deferred fees, before allowance

 

1,574,688

 

1,519,014

 

1,421,894

 

1,154,932

 

1,087,551

 

Allowance for Loan & Lease Losses

 

(11,870

)

(11,896

)

(13,799

)

(16,063

)

(17,370

)

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles

 

53,451

 

54,323

 

55,572

 

56,947

 

40,949

 

Other assets

 

100,388

 

90,759

 

55,946

 

53,664

 

47,531

 

Total Assets

 

$

2,355,454

 

$

2,391,499

 

$

2,296,087

 

$

2,208,832

 

$

1,934,740

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

 

$

523,139

 

$

567,782

 

$

517,139

 

$

487,624

 

$

390,212

 

Interest bearing deposits

 

1,481,642

 

1,501,824

 

1,477,406

 

1,424,807

 

1,262,735

 

Other borrowings

 

49,400

 

25,903

 

6,582

 

7,627

 

10,973

 

Allowance for losses—unfunded commitments

 

1,830

 

1,761

 

1,783

 

1,941

 

1,771

 

Other liabilities

 

17,006

 

21,667

 

18,550

 

14,279

 

14,914

 

Shareholders’ equity

 

282,437

 

272,562

 

274,627

 

272,554

 

254,135

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ equity

 

$

2,355,454

 

$

2,391,499

 

$

2,296,087

 

$

2,208,832

 

$

1,934,740

 

 

31




Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Mid-State Bancshares (Continued)

(In thousands—except per share data)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Asset Quality

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual loans

 

$

526

 

$

2,463

 

$

10,700

 

$

12,312

 

$

16,748

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

 

 

 

3,428

 

 

Total non performing assets

 

$

526

 

$

2,463

 

$

10,700

 

$

15,740

 

$

16,748

 

Financial Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on assets

 

1.50

%

1.58

%

1.55

%

1.62

%

1.58

%

Return on tangible assets

 

1.53

%

1.62

%

1.59

%

1.66

%

1.61

%

Return on equity

 

12.80

%

13.56

%

12.67

%

12.70

%

12.22

%

Return on tangible equity

 

15.91

%

16.92

%

15.90

%

15.21

%

14.79

%

Net interest margin (not taxable equivalent)

 

5.59

%

5.32

%

4.95

%

5.14

%

5.41

%

Net interest margin (taxable equivalent)(2)

 

6.00

%

5.76

%

5.38

%

5.54

%

5.74

%

Net loan losses (recoveries) to average loans

 

0.00

%

0.13

%

(0.03

)%

0.06

%

0.19

%

Dividend Payout Ratio

 

45.3

%

40.0

%

38.6

%

35.3

%

32.8

%

Efficiency ratio

 

61.1

%

57.9

%

61.3

%

59.9

%

60.5

%

At December 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity to average assets (leverage ratio)

 

9.9

%

9.2

%

9.3

%

9.6

%

10.6

%

Tier One capital to risk-adjusted assets

 

12.1

%

11.6

%

12.1

%

13.8

%

14.7

%

Total capital to risk-adjusted assets

 

12.8

%

12.3

%

13.0

%

15.0

%

16.0

%

Loan loss allowance to loans, gross(1)

 

0.9

%

0.9

%

1.1

%

1.6

%

1.8

%

Non-accrual loans to total loans, gross

 

0.0

%

0.2

%

0.8

%

1.1

%

1.5

%

Non performing assets to total assets

 

0.0

%

0.1

%

0.5

%

0.7

%

0.9

%

Allowance for losses to non performing loans(1)

 

2605

%

554

%

146

%

146

%

114

%


(1)          Includes allowance for loan losses and allowance for losses-unfunded commitments.

(2)          Taxable equivalent converts tax exempt income as if it were taxable.

32




ITEM 7.                MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Introduction and Business of the Company

The following discussion and analysis will provide insight and supplementary information into the accompanying consolidated financial statements of the Company. It also provides Management’s assessment of the operating trends over the past few years. Unless otherwise noted below, the discussion and analysis section deals almost exclusively with the Community Banking segment of the Company. The other two segments, Mid-Coast Land Company and Trust Services, contribute a small percentage (less than 4%) to the overall earnings of the Company.

2006 RESULTS AND ACCOMPLISHMENTS

Financial Summary

The Company, on a consolidated basis, reported net income of $35.3 million in 2006, $37.5 million in 2005 and $35.1 million in 2004. The diluted Earnings Per Share (EPS) was $1.55 for 2006 compared to $1.61 in 2005 and $1.47 in 2004. Consolidated total assets at December 31, 2006 were $2.355 billion compared to $2.391 billion at December 31, 2005, down 1.5%. Total deposits also decreased from $2.070 billion as of December 31, 2005 to $2.005 billion as of December 31, 2006. Shareholders’ common equity stood at $282.4 million at year end up from its $272.6 million level one year earlier. There were a number of factors working to both increase and decrease this account which showed a net increase. The primary factors working to increase shareholders’ common equity included: 1) $35.3 million of net income generated for the year; and 2) $4.4 million received for the exercise of stock options. These were offset by: 1) $16.0 million in dividends paid out during 2006; and 2) $16.9 million paid for the repurchase of common stock outstanding.

The table below illustrates net income by subsidiary unit.

Income (Loss) by subsidiary (000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Bank only, pre-tax

 

$

55,523

 

$

55,097

 

$

50,711

 

MSB Properties, pre-tax

 

1,866

 

2,041

 

2,079

 

Mid Coast Land Co., pre-tax

 

338

 

705

 

654

 

Parent only, pre-tax

 

(3,202

)

(1,253

)

(788

)

Tax (expense)

 

(19,246

)

(19,099

)

(17,547

)

Net Income—Mid-State Bancshares

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

 

Executive Summary

Management considers the following to be the most significant items affecting net income during 2006 compared to 2005.

·       During 2006, the Federal Reserve continued making a number of increases in short term interest rates, the Prime Rate (to which many of the Company’s loans are tied) increased 4 times over the course of the year from 7.25% at the start of the year to 8.25% by the end of the year. Because of its general asset sensitivity, the Company saw an improvement in its net interest margin (from 5.76% in 2005 to 6.00% in 2006, taxable equivalent). This allowed the Company to show a $5.6 million increase in net interest income.

·       The Company realized non-recurring, pre-tax gains in 2006 of $581 thousand related to the sale of its share of the Western States Bancard Association (WSBA) merchant processing activity to a third party. The Company was a founding member of the WSBA.

·       The net increase in total non-interest expense amounted to $8.1 million in 2006 compared to 2005. Factors contributing to this increase included: 1) the adoption of SFAS 123(R), “Share-Based

33




Payments”, which accounted for approximately $1.9 million in additional salary expense; 2) other salary and benefit increases of approximately $2.2 million related to additional staffing for the new Westlake Village branch, regulatory compliance, particularly the Bank Secrecy Act and U.S.A. Patriot Act, and for regular salary increases across the Company; 3) increases in professional services of approximately $1.4 million for consulting, outsourcing and accounting services; and 4) charges incurred in connection with the pending merger with Rabobank, of approximately $0.5 million, primarily made up of attorneys’ and accountants’ fees.

Management considers the following to be the most significant items affecting net income during 2005 compared to 2004.

·       During 2005, with the Federal Reserve orchestrating a number of increases in short term interest rates, the Prime Rate (to which many of the Company’s loans are tied) increased 8 times over the course of the year from 5.25% at the start of the year to 7.25% by the end of the year. Because of its general asset sensitivity, the Company saw an improvement in its net interest margin (from 5.36% in 2004 to 5.74% in 2005, taxable equivalent). Coupled with a $69.9 million increase in earning assets, this allowed the Company to show an $11.3 million increase in net interest income.

·       The Company took a benefit to provision for loan losses of $2.7 million in 2004 compared to no provision during 2005. The benefit taken to the provision for loan losses in 2004 reflected strong credit quality standards, consistent performance of the loan portfolio in recent years, improving trends in classified loans, improving trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, an improved outlook for the collection of the Company’s non-accrual loans, and an improved outlook for economic activity in general. The Company did not need to take any benefit to the provision for loan losses in 2005. Because of the continued quality of the portfolio, it also did not have to take a charge to the provision for loan losses in 2005.

·       The Company realized non-recurring gains in 2004 of $1.1 million on the sale of OREO and $475 thousand in securities gains. The Company had only minor securities gains of $88 thousand in 2005 and no OREO gains.

·       The net decrease in total non-interest expense amounted to $1.6 million in 2005 compared to 2004. Factors contributing to this decrease included 1) decreases in merchant credit card processing fees of $4.3 million on 2005 compared to 2004; 2) increases in salaries and employee benefits of $2.8 million related primarily to the Company’s incentive bonus program and 3) all other operating expenses increasing by $180 thousand from one year to another. The decrease in merchant credit card processing charges was a result of outsourcing this function to a third party. There was a similar drop in non-interest income.

EXTERNAL FACTORS IMPACTING THE BANK

Economic Conditions

The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System continued raising short term interest rates and the target Fed Funds rate reached 5.25% by mid-year 2006. The national unemployment rate dropped from 4.9% at the start of 2006 to 4.5% by the end of the year. Locally, unemployment rates continue to be at low levels in San Luis Obispo County at 3.6% at the end of 2006 and in Santa Barbara County at 4.1%. The yield curve inverted with the spread between the three month and ten year Treasury declining from a positive 31 basis points at the start of 2006 to negative 31 basis points at the end of the year. The ten year Treasury is actually little changed from its 4.39% level at the start of the year having closed at 4.71% at the end of 2006. Management is of the opinion that the flattening of the yield curve portrays a general belief that future inflation will be in-line with recent historical experience (e.g.—the Consumer Price Index was up 2.5% and 3.4% in 2006 and 2005, respectively) and we have no reason to change that expectation. Notwithstanding spikes in energy prices, inflation does appear to be in check.

34




The most comprehensive review of local economic conditions in our market known to Management comes from the University of California at Santa Barbara (UCSB) Economic Forecast Project. According to UCSB, Gross County Product in the tri-county area was estimated at $87.3 billion in 2006, up 6.1% from the $82.3 level in the prior year. Adjusted for real dollars, it was up 3.3% following a 3.8% growth rate in 2005 and 3.5% in 2004. These rates of growth were down from the double digit increases witnessed in the late 1990’s. For California as a whole, real Gross State Product was up 4.0% in 2006, up 4.4% in 2005 and up 5.1% in 2004, slightly ahead of the Tri County experience. Expectations by UCSB for 2007 are for further improvements with the real State Product growing 3.5% and the real Tri County Gross Product growing somewhat slower at a 3.1% pace.

Median home prices continue near historical highs throughout the Bank’s service area. The median price of a home in 2006 is estimated to have reached $604 thousand in San Luis Obispo County, up 12% from a year earlier. Sales volume was up 4% over that period, which is a much slower increase than the 13% in 2005. Sales volume was off in Santa Barbara County having fallen by an estimated 10% and was up by only 2% in Ventura County. Median home prices continue to be quite high in these counties, as well, ending at an estimated $768 thousand in Santa Barbara County and $750 thousand in Ventura County. Management believes that the slower sales and higher inventories of homes for sale could potentially put downward pressure on prices throughout the Tri-County area.

With positive indicators continuing in the national economic statistics and a solid economic base locally, Management is encouraged that 2007 should again be a positive year overall for the economy in the Company’s trade area, in spite of a generally softer real estate market. As mentioned last year, this optimism must be tempered by the potential for disruption resulting from geopolitical issues surrounding homeland security and terrorism. The effects of episodes such as the 9/11 terrorist attacks, the wars in Afghanistan and Iraq, and the international tensions surrounding these events, can have a significant impact on economic activity. In spite of this caveat, our local trade area again appears to be in a solid position at the start of 2007 to continue solid economic growth and maintain low unemployment rates. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System are widely believed to be reaching the end of their drive to raise short term interest rates and Management does not expect additional increases in the target Fed Funds rate. Management expects that longer term rates will remain stable, with a continued flat yield curve in place throughout 2007.

Competitive Factors

Competitive pressures from other financial institutions continue to be intense both in the Company’s trade area and throughout the nation. Many banks are suffering from insufficient loan volumes and have become very aggressive on the pricing of those good credits available. In the Company’s tri-counties service area, 45 financial institutions (banks and savings institutions) operate 343 offices serving $25.5 billion in deposits based on data as of June 30, 2006. These figures are up from 43 institutions operating 336 offices with $24.6 billion in deposits one year earlier. Additionally, while Management does not have specific metrics on competition from broker dealers, there is significant competition from brokerage houses providing competing deposit and investment products. Also, “conduit financing” from Wall Street is competing with the Bank for larger loan transactions.

It should be noted that the trend toward consolidation of banking assets exhibited over the past few years in California continued in 2006. Statewide, in 2006, there were 12 banks which announced merger into another institution including the pending merger between the Company and Rabobank. According to the California State Department of Financial Institutions 13 applications for new banks were approved in 2006 in California. In addition, an application for a new bank in San Luis Obispo County was filed in early 2007.

35




ANALYSIS OF STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

Loans

The Bank experienced an increase in net loans from $1,507.1 million at the end of 2005, to $1,562.8 million at the end of 2006. This represents an increase in the loan portfolio of $55.7 million, or 3.7%, following the $99.0 million, or 7.0% increase in 2005. The loan portfolio represents approximately 66% of the Bank’s assets. Additionally, loans held for sale (which are single family residential mortgages pending sale) total $12.8 million at the end of 2006, up from $10.2 million one year earlier.

GRAPHIC

The graph above displays the trend over the five year period ended December 31, 2006 in the various components of the loan portfolio, net of deferred loan fees. Construction loans have risen from their level four years earlier—$213.4 million at December 31, 2002 compared to $290.1 million at year-end 2006. Real Estate loans generally trended up from $525.2 million at the end of 2002 to $848.4 million at the end of 2006. The larger growth in real estate loans, especially in recent years, reflects an expanded use of jumbo adjustable rate mortgage loans in the portfolio ($131.9 million at the end of 2006) along with the purchase of certain of these same type of loan assets in the secondary market ($22.1 million at the end of 2006).

Home Equity Credit Lines, although declining in 2006 compared to 2005, have generally increased from $74.3 million at the end of 2002 compared to $152.1 million at the end of 2006. Consumer loans (installment and credit reserve) have decreased from $30.9 million at December 31, 2002 to $21.6 million at year-end 2006. Commercial and other loans have rebounded to $222.5 million at December 31, 2006, just slightly ahead of 2002 levels. Agricultural production loans have remained relatively flat, ending at $39.9 million in 2006. The Bank expects to continue to emphasize all types of lending activity in order to diversify the risk in its portfolio. Economic activity in the Central Coast will determine the types of credit the Bank will be able to extend and hence its ability to achieve this objective. For a discussion of the Company’s concentrations in total real estate loans and in commercial real estate loans, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

36




The Bank’s allowances for loan and lease losses collectively stand at $13.7 million, or 0.9% of gross loans, and represents losses not yet realized, but inherent in the loan portfolio and on unfunded commitments. The allowance for losses was $13.7 million at December 31, 2005. The year-end 2006 balance now represents 2,605% of non-performing loans which is up from the 554% level at the end of 2005 owing to a drop in non performing loans.

A five-year review of activity in the allowance for losses and an allocation by loan type of the allowance is shown in the tables below.

Allowances for Losses (in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Allowance for loan losses beginning of year

 

$

11,896

 

$

13,799

 

$

16,063

 

$

17,370

 

$

19,073

 

Allowance for losses—unfunded commitments

 

1,761

 

1,783

 

1,941

 

1,771

 

1,586

 

Total allowances for losses

 

$

13,657

 

$

15,582

 

$

18,004

 

$

19,141

 

$

20,659

 

Provision for loan losses charged to operating expense

 

 

 

(2,700

)

(969

)

600

 

Provision for losses—unfunded commitments (credited) charged to operating expense

 

69

 

(22

)

(158

)

170

 

 

Adjustments—acquisition through merger

 

 

 

 

391

 

 

Loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans

 

(54

)

(2,234

)

(5

)

(1,106

)

 

Installment loans

 

(72

)

(181

)

(148

)

(234

)

(275

)

Commercial loans

 

(372

)

(741

)

(746

)

(488

)

(2,475

)

Credit cards and related loans

 

(52

)

(75

)

(41

)

(66

)

(88

)

Recoveries of loans previously charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Real estate loans

 

11

 

34

 

41

 

45

 

24

 

Installment loans

 

70

 

70

 

111

 

96

 

196

 

Commercial loans

 

427

 

1,200

 

1,179

 

963

 

451

 

Credit cards and related loans

 

16

 

24

 

45

 

61

 

49

 

Total Allowances for Losses

 

$

13,700

 

$

13,657

 

$

15,582

 

$

18,004

 

$19,141

 

 

Allocation of Allowance for Losses (in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2003

 

2002

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

11,870

 

$

11,896

 

$

13,799

 

$

16,063

 

$

17,370

 

Allowance for losses—unfunded commitments

 

1,830

 

1,761

 

1,783

 

1,941

 

1,771

 

Total Allowance for Losses

 

$

13,700

 

$

13,657

 

$

15,582

 

$

18,004

 

$19,141

 

Ratio of Net Loan Losses to Average Loans Outstanding

 

0.00

%

0.13

%

(0.03

)%

0.06

%

0.19

%

 

Allocation of the allowance for losses compared to loan type as a percent of total at December 31:

(dollars in 000’s)
Balance applicable to:

 

2006

 

Type
as a % of
Loans

 

2005

 

Type
as a % of
Loans

 

2004

 

Type
as a % of
Loans

 

2003

 

Type
as a % of
Loans

 

2002

 

Type
as a % of
Loans

 

Construction and Land

 

$

2,279

 

 

18.5

%

 

$

1,655

 

 

18.4

%

 

$

5,120

 

 

16.1

%

 

$

2,680

 

 

20.8

%

 

$

2,636

 

 

19.7

%

 

Real Estate

 

5,137

 

 

53.9

%

 

4,277

 

 

53.6

%

 

1,757

 

 

53.5

%

 

2,164

 

 

49.1

%

 

4,047

 

 

48.4

%

 

H.E.C.L.

 

582

 

 

9.6

%

 

735

 

 

12.0

%

 

308

 

 

11.2

%

 

250

 

 

7.8

%

 

295

 

 

6.8

%

 

Installment

 

238

 

 

1.2

%

 

226

 

 

1.2

%

 

160

 

 

1.3

%

 

244

 

 

2.2

%

 

254

 

 

2.5

%

 

Credit Card and Related

 

65

 

 

0.2

%

 

76

 

 

0.2

%

 

86

 

 

0.3

%

 

229

 

 

0.6

%

 

97

 

 

0.3

%

 

Commercial, Other

 

2,934

 

 

16.6

%

 

3,879

 

 

14.6

%

 

3,237

 

 

17.6

%

 

6,468

 

 

19.5

%

 

6,296

 

 

22.3

%

 

Unfunded commitments

 

1,830

 

 

N/A

 

 

1,761

 

 

N/A

 

 

1,783

 

 

N/A

 

 

1,941

 

 

N/A

 

 

1,771

 

 

N/A

 

 

Unallocated

 

635

 

 

N/A

 

 

1,048

 

 

N/A

 

 

3,131

 

 

N/A

 

 

4,028

 

 

N/A

 

 

3,745

 

 

N/A

 

 

Balance at End of Year

 

$

13,700

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

13,657

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

15,582

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

18,004

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

19,141

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

37




During 2005, the Company enhanced its methodology for determining the appropriate level of allowance for loan and lease losses. While our methodology had always consisted of two key components, an individual loan impairment component and a pool loan analysis component, the enhancement made in 2005 introduced improved methodology incorporating increased analysis of loss exposure associated with both historical loss rates and known qualitative factors present in various major segments of the loan portfolio. The prior methodology relied on loss factors that provided results not significantly different from the results of our enhanced methodology. However, with this enhancement, there was a reallocation in the unallocated portion of the allowance for loan losses which was attributable, at least in part, to the enhanced calculation of loss exposure compared to prior years.

Non-accrual loans within the Bank’s portfolio decreased from $2.5 million as of December 31, 2005, to $0.5 million, at the end of 2006. Loans 90 days or more past due, and still accruing, remained at zero for the periods ending December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005. Additional information on non-accrual loans, past due loans and troubled debt restructurings can be found in Footnote 5 to the financial statements. Recoveries in 2006 of loans previously charged-off totaled $.5 million nearly offset by charge-offs of $.5 million taken during the year. This figure compares to net charge-offs of $1.9 million  in 2005 and net recoveries of $0.4 million in 2004.

With the combination of the collateral securing the problem loans and the size of the allowance for losses, Management feels that the allowance is sufficient to cover inherent losses. Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance and also employs an independent third party loan review group quarterly to, among other things, review the reasonableness of individual asset classifications. Management reviews the allowance on a regular basis and adjusts it as necessary. The allowance is also examined annually by one or more of the Bank’s regulatory bodies including the FDIC and DFI. During 2004, Management took a benefit to the provision for loan losses of $2.7 million. No provision for loan losses was taken during 2005 or 2006. These actions reflected strong credit quality standards, consistent performance of the loan portfolio in recent years, improving trends in classified loans, improving trends in delinquencies, levels of collateral securing the problem loans, modest levels of net charge-offs in recent years, a positive outlook for the collection of the Company’s non-accrual loans, and a positive outlook for economic activity in general. The need for additional provision for loan losses or for further benefit to the provision for loan losses in 2007 will be dependent upon Management’s on-going analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. While Management believes it to be adequate at the present time, the appropriate value can fluctuate over time in response to economic conditions and the subjective decisions which must be made in response to those conditions.

The allowance for losses consists of an allocated portion based on historical average loss experience adjusted for known expected loss factors and a specifically allocated portion. The total of these components is considered adequate to provide for losses, which can be reasonably anticipated. However, since these amounts are based on estimates, ultimate losses relating to these loans may vary and Management believes that qualitative factors make it prudent to carry a reasonable level of an “additional portion” to absorb losses in excess of the allocated portion. Qualitative factors considered include, but are not limited to, portfolio composition, concentrations, off balance sheet risks, delinquencies and non-accruals, criticized and classified loans, non performing loans, gross and net loan losses, changes in lending function, changes in management, the Bank’s organizational structure, the special assets group, lending and credit approval authorities, loan officer training, the credit review function, and real estate appraisal policies.

Management continuously monitors residential real estate reports and markets, and is aware of a great deal of discussion surrounding a slow down and/or drop in value of residential real estate in the Bank’s service area. While long term interest rates remain relatively low and the Bank’s service area is marked by limited supply and healthy demand, residential projects financed by the Bank are underwritten with a requirement of a percentage of cash equity to the total cost of the project in addition to prudent

38




exposures to current appraised values. To further mitigate this risk, individual projects financed are analyzed using direct, current and historical project trends with limitations to production unit starts ahead of sales using the projected absorption analysis contained in the appraisal of each project. The Bank believes, based upon past experience, that this process helps prevent the production of a supply of units that would exceed the current market demand.

Additionally, due to the popularity of our market area to urban retirees and others wanting to enjoy the environment and lifestyle it provides, we have seen and continue to see a migration of wealthier individuals and families absorb the residential housing production with greater cash equities than is typical of other areas throughout the country. This assumption is supported by the fact that the Bank’s portfolio of residential mortgages has an average loan to value ratio of less than 60% along with average credit scores substantially exceeding industry standards with low delinquency ratios.  Management does foresee the risk of a slowdown in real estate in 2007, which could potentially create some modest downward pressure on prices as a correction to the dramatic increases seen over the past several years. With the factors noted above and the diversity of the various types of industries in the Bank’s service area, the Central Coast, while not immune from economic fluctuations, has historically tended to enjoy a more stable level of economic activity than many other parts of California.

A summary of maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates at December 31, 2006 is shown in the table below. A more complete discussion of the Bank’s exposure to changes in interest rates can be found in the MD&A under the section titled “Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk”.

Loan Portfolio as of 12/31/06

(dollars in 000’s)
Fixed Rate Loans

 

 

 

3 Months
or less

 

Over
3 through
12 Months

 

Due 
After 1 to
3 Years

 

Due
After 3 to
5 Years

 

Due After
5 Years

 

Total

 

Construction/Land Development

 

 

4,074

 

 

 

10,690

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,397

 

 

18,161

 

Real estate

 

 

9,587

 

 

 

19,538

 

 

43,007

 

 

30,416

 

 

 

179,102

 

 

281,650

 

Home equity credit lines

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

Installment

 

 

182

 

 

 

666

 

 

3,114

 

 

6,733

 

 

 

6,800

 

 

17,495

 

Cash reserve

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agricultural production

 

 

539

 

 

 

476

 

 

2,541

 

 

3,533

 

 

 

 

 

7,089

 

Commercial, other

 

 

565

 

 

 

3,802

 

 

30,485

 

 

35,734

 

 

 

15,623

 

 

86,209

 

Total

 

 

14,947

 

 

 

35,172

 

 

79,162

 

 

76,416

 

 

 

204,922

 

 

410,619

 

 

Variable Rate Loans

 

 

 

3 Months
or less

 

Over
3 through
12 Months

 

Due 
After 1 to
3 Years

 

Due
After 3 to
5 Years

 

Due After
5 Years

 

Total

 

Construction/Land Development

 

 

249,122

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,393

 

 

 

4,365

 

 

273,880

 

Real estate

 

 

62,230

 

 

 

44,130

 

 

218,711

 

 

222,571

 

 

 

21,539

 

 

569,181

 

Home equity credit lines

 

 

152,110

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152,110

 

Installment

 

 

1,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,168

 

Cash reserve

 

 

2,881

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,881

 

Agricultural production

 

 

32,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,800

 

Commercial, other

 

 

121,098

 

 

 

6,552

 

 

4,063

 

 

4,101

 

 

 

 

 

135,814

 

Total

 

 

621,409

 

 

 

50,682

 

 

222,774

 

 

247,065

 

 

 

25,904

 

 

1,167,834

 

Total loans, gross (excludes allowance for loan losses, net deferred loan fees and loans held for sale)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,578,453

 

 

39




Investment Portfolio

The Bank’s investment portfolio primarily consists of U.S. Treasury Notes and Bills, Federal Agency Notes, Mortgage Backed Securities, and Municipal Bonds. See Footnote No. 4 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed composition of the investment portfolio. Overall, the portfolio showed a net reduction in outstanding balances over the course of 2006 as 1) the Bank redirected these earning assets into the loan portfolio and 2) to a lesser extent the market value relative to amortized cost of the investment portfolio declined. The Treasury and Agency portion of the portfolio decreased by $91.8 million from one year ago. Holdings in the Municipal Bond portfolio were reduced from $356.7 million at the end of 2005 to $335.7 million at the end of 2006. In total, the Bank decreased its investment portfolio from $619.3 million at the end of 2005 to $487.7 million at the end of 2006, a $131.6 million decrease.

The Bank may segregate its portfolio into three categories—a “Trading Portfolio” (which is carried at market value, with changes in market value reflected in the income statement), a “Held to Maturity” portfolio (which is carried at amortized cost, with changes in market value having no impact on the financial statements) and an “Available for Sale” portfolio (which is carried at market value, with changes in market value reflected in comprehensive income). The Bank holds no securities that should be classified as Trading or Held to Maturity securities. The Bank has determined that since its securities may be sold prior to maturity because of interest rate changes, to meet liquidity needs, or to better match the re-pricing characteristics of funding sources, that the entire portfolio should be classified as “Available for Sale.”

Adjustments to the “Available for Sale” portfolio for changes in market values resulted in an unrealized loss of $94 thousand included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2006 compared to an unrealized gain of $0.4 million at December 31, 2005, net of related taxes. Maturities and sales over the full year exceeded purchases and the total investment portfolio decreased by $131.6 million from the end of 2005 to the end of 2006. The Company determines cost for each security on a specific identification basis for calculation of both realized and unrealized gains and losses.

Shown below is a summary maturity distribution of the investment portfolio, by type and weighted taxable equivalent yield as of December 31, 2006. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Maturity information for Mortgage Backed securities shown below is based on contractual maturities.

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

One Year
Or Less

 

After One
Year to
Five Years

 

After Five
Years to
Ten Years

 

After
Ten Years

 

Total

 

Maturity Distribution:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury Securities

 

$

5,006

 

$

10,587

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

15,593

 

U.S. Government Agencies

 

92,370

 

37,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129,839

 

Mortgage Backed Securities

 

89

 

3,220

 

 

1,883

 

 

 

1,421

 

 

6,613

 

Municipal Bonds, Other

 

49,927

 

231,292

 

 

45,769

 

 

 

8,667

 

 

335,655

 

Total

 

$

147,392

 

$

282,568

 

 

$

47,652

 

 

 

$

10,088

 

 

$

487,700

 

 

 

 

One Year
Or Less

 

After One
Year to
Five Years

 

After Five
Years to
Ten Years

 

After
Ten Years

 

Total

 

Weighted Average Yield:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury Securities

 

5.01

%

4.04

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.35

%

U.S. Government Agencies

 

4.63

%

4.13

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.48

%

Mortgage Backed Securities

 

5.67

%

6.10

%

 

5.28

%

 

 

5.36

%

 

5.70

%

Municipal Bonds, Other

 

5.71

%

5.73

%

 

5.51

%

 

 

6.00

%

 

5.70

%

Total

 

5.01

%

5.46

%

 

5.50

%

 

 

5.91

%

 

5.34

%

 

40




Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

The Company did not hold any OREO from foreclosure as of December 31, 2006 or 2005. Future OREO activity will depend, among other things, on how many borrowers the Bank may need to foreclose upon, and the strength of the real estate market and general economic activity.

Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles

Goodwill totaled $47.8 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005. Of this total, $14.4 million was the result of the acquisition of Ojai Valley Bank that was completed on October 31, 2003, $32.2 million was the result of the acquisition of American Commercial Bank that was completed on September 28, 2001 and $1.2 million relates to a May 3, 1996 acquisition of Citizens Bank of Paso Robles by BSM Bancorp which the Company acquired in 1998.

On an annual basis, the Company tests its Goodwill for impairment. The Goodwill is entirely attributable to the Company’s community banking segment. Results of these tests have indicated that there was no impairment of Goodwill in any of the past four years (2002 through 2006) since the testing commenced.

Core deposit intangibles total $5.6 million at December 31, 2006 compared to $6.5 million one year earlier. Of the year-end 2006 amounts, $3.8 million represents the net un-amortized value of the core deposit intangible created with the American Commercial Bank acquisition and $1.8 million represents the net un-amortized value of the core deposit intangible created upon the acquisition of Ojai Valley Bank. In connection with these acquisitions, the Company recognizes core deposit intangibles that represent the fair value of long-term deposit relationships acquired. Such amounts are then amortized over expected useful remaining economic lives. During 2005, the Company adjusted the amortization rate of the Core Deposit Intangible associated with the American Commercial Bank acquisition due to a greater retention rate of the original core deposit base than was originally contemplated at the time of the acquisition in 2001. No adjustments to the Ojai Valley Bank related Core Deposit Intangible have been necessary. Absent adjustments to the amortization schedules in future periods, the core deposit intangibles are now scheduled to be fully amortized in September 2013 with respect to the American Commercial Bank acquisition and October 2012 with respect to the Ojai Valley Bank acquisition and the total amount of the amortization is projected to be $872 thousand in 2007. This charge to expense is carried under other operating expense on the consolidated statements of income.

Senior Housing Crime Prevention Foundation Investment

The Bank owns a $30 million holding of the Preferred Stock of Senior Housing Crime Prevention Foundation Investment Corporation (SHCPF-I) which is carried under a separate caption on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Positions. That investment is secured by a federal agency security issued by FNMA. The Bank has the right after five years on April 29, 2010 to require SHCPF to redeem all or a part of the shares of the Preferred Stock. Dividends are paid to the Bank on the Preferred Stock at a rate which is 1.875% below the interest earned on the underlying FNMA agency security. This 1.875% differential is used by SHCPF to fund the various programs of the Senior Housing Crime Prevention Foundation at 53 nursing home facilities in the Bank’s tri-county service area. These include, among other things, the senior crime stoppers program which is reducing crimes against the elderly living in those facilities. The benefits to the Bank of this program include full Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) credit for our $30 million investment, positive public relations, and significant marketing opportunities with the operators of the facilities, their owners, Board of Directors, employees, family members and residents.

41




Deposits

While the Bank is competitive with major institutions in terms of its structure of interest rates on deposit products offered, Management determined not to pay the highest rates to avoid further pressure on income while maintaining acceptable levels of liquidity. As discussed in the Income Statement Analysis, many of the Bank’s deposit rates have risen in varying degrees in response to the general increase in rates. A comparison of the rates paid on the Bank’s deposit products at December 31, 2006 and 2005 is as follows:

Selected Quoted Interest Rates

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Change

 

Demand Deposits

 

0

%

0

%

 

0

%

 

NOW Account (50 & Better—over $2,500)

 

0.25

%

0.25

%

 

0

%

 

Money Market Deposits (over $100,000)

 

2.00

%

1.15

%

 

0.85

%

 

Passbook Savings Account

 

1.00

%

0.50

%

 

0.50

%

 

Individual Retirement Account (2 Year term)

 

4.50

%

3.60

%

 

0.90

%

 

Time Deposit ($100,000—6 month term)

 

4.50

%

3.20

%

 

1.30

%

 

Wall Street Journal Prime Rate

 

8.25

%

7.25

%

 

1.00

%

 

 

As was experienced by many financial institutions, average deposits declined slightly in 2006 after several years of steady growth. Below is a summary of the average deposits outstanding and the average rate paid by category over the last three years.

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Average
Balance

 

2006
Interest

 

Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

2005
Interest

 

Rate

 

Average
Balance

 

2004
Interest

 

Rate

 

Interest Bearing Demand and Money Market Investment Accounts

 

$

733,917

 

 

$

5,239

 

 

 

0.71

%

 

$

765,491

 

 

$

3,271

 

 

 

0.43

%

 

$

741,230

 

 

$

1,712

 

 

 

0.23

%

 

Savings Accounts

 

287,658

 

 

2,485

 

 

 

0.86

%

 

317,370

 

 

1,502

 

 

 

0.47

%

 

322,665

 

 

853

 

 

 

0.26

%

 

Time Deposits

 

464,669

 

 

17,540

 

 

 

3.77

%

 

414,883

 

 

9,837

 

 

 

2.37

%

 

399,806

 

 

5,691

 

 

 

1.42

%

 

Total Interest Bearing
Deposits

 

1,486,244

 

 

25,264

 

 

 

1.70

%

 

1,497,744

 

 

14,610

 

 

 

0.98

%

 

1,463,701

 

 

8,256

 

 

 

0.56

%

 

Non Interest Bearing
Demand

 

525,602

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

551,536

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

506,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Deposits

 

$

2,011,846

 

 

$

25,264

 

 

 

1.26

%

 

$

2,049,280

 

 

$

14,610

 

 

 

0.71

%

 

$

1,970,248

 

 

$

8,256

 

 

 

0.42

%

 

 

The majority of the Bank’s time deposits (approximately 53%) have balances that are under $100,000. While all time deposits are somewhat more rate sensitive than the Bank’s other deposit categories, the smaller time deposit balances tend to be more stable and less sensitive to absolute rate levels than do time deposits of $100,000 or more. Approximately 88.7% of the Bank’s time deposits mature within one year and would be potentially subject to a change in rate on their maturity date. The following table as of December 31, 2006, displays summary size and maturity information on the Bank’s time deposits.

(dollars in 000’s)
Balance by Size

 

 

 

Three
Months or
Less

 

After Three
Months to
Six Months

 

After Six
Months to
One Year

 

After
One Year

 

Total

 

Under $100,000

 

$

96,997

 

 

$

68,635

 

 

 

$

50,971

 

 

 

$

41,061

 

 

$

257,664

 

$100,000 or More

 

110,513

 

 

60,994

 

 

 

43,702

 

 

 

14,183

 

 

229,392

 

Total Time Deposits

 

$

207,510

 

 

$

129,629

 

 

 

$

94,673

 

 

 

$

55,244

 

 

$

487,056

 

 

Other Borrowings

While not a significant component of the Bank’s structure, other borrowings were $49.4 million, at the end of 2006 compared to $25.9 million at the end of 2005. These consist of borrowings under the U.S. Treasury Tax and Loan note account and Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB). The Bank had outstanding

42




borrowings of $2.4 million and $3.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, under the U.S. Treasury Tax and Loan note account program. The Bank had three borrowings from the FHLB totaling $47.0 million at December 31, 2006 and two for $22.0 million at December 31, 2005. The three borrowings at the end of 2006 were structured as follows:

Description

 

 

 

Issue Date

 

Rate

 

Maturity

 

Principal

 

Fixed Rate Credit Advance

 

 

06/25/01

 

 

6.16

%

06/27/11

 

$

2,000,000

 

Fixed Rate Credit Advance

 

 

01/20/05

 

 

3.74

%

01/22/08

 

$

20,000,000

 

Fixed Rate Credit Advance

 

 

01/24/06

 

 

4.75

%

01/24/11

 

$

25,000,000

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

47,000,000

 

 

While the $2.0 million borrowing above was specifically taken down to match fund a particular earning asset, the other $45.0 million in borrowing funded general earning asset growth.

Management had the ability at December 31, 2006 to borrow up to $70.0 million in short term Fed Funds and an additional $37.6 million from the FHLB, which can have maturities up to 30 years. Funds raised from these sources may be used to fund earning assets such as investment securities or generate additional loans at sufficiently positive spreads to justify the additional leverage.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The focus of the Bank’s liquidity management is to ensure its ability to meet cash requirements. Sources of liquidity include cash, due from bank balances (net of Federal Reserve requirements to maintain reserves against deposit liabilities), fed funds sold, investment securities (net of pledging requirements), loan repayments, deposits and fed funds borrowing lines. Typical demands on liquidity are deposit run-off from demand deposits and savings accounts, maturing time deposits, which are not renewed, and anticipated funding under credit commitments to customers.

A review of liquidity provided by operating activities finds that this source has been relatively constant over the past three years at $36.8 million, $52.3 million and $43.3 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Net cash used in investing activities has declined from $149.3 million in 2004 to $122.5 million in 2005 and went to $59.5 million of cash provided in 2006 reflecting a net drop over this period in new loans and investments made. Net cash provided by financing activities rose from $53.5 million in 2004 to $61.3 million in 2005 and dropped to $67.9 million of cash used in 2006. The Company experienced slower deposit growth over the last couple of years compared to 2004.

The Bank has adequate liquidity at the present time. Its loan to deposit ratio at year-end 2006 was 78.7% versus 73.6% one year earlier. The Bank’s policy calls for a loan to deposit ratio from 60% to 80%. The higher ratio this year is illustrative of the Bank’s shift to higher yielding loans as opposed to securities and the lack of deposit growth in 2006. The Bank’s internally calculated liquidity ratio stands at 24.7% at December 31, 2006 compared to 29.7% one year earlier. These levels are well above the Bank’s minimum policy of 15%.

Management is not aware of any trend, demand, commitment or event that would result in a material change in the Bank’s liquidity at the present time.

The Company is dependent on the Bank for dividend payments to conduct its stock repurchase program and to make dividends to its shareholders. The Company declared cash dividends during 2006 of $15,990,000 and repurchased stock totaling $16,921,000. The California Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of (1) the bank’s undivided profits or (2) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years less the amount of any distributions made by the bank during such period. Based on these restrictions in the California Financial Code, the Bank can make additional cash dividends totaling $12,088,000 at December 31, 2006 to the Company. The Bank can also

43




apply to the (DFI) for the ability to pay additional dividends to the Company. The Bank and Company do no expect to make such application during 2007 given the Company’s pending merger, as discussed above.

Capital ratios for commercial banks and their holding companies in the United States are generally calculated using three different formulas. These calculations are referred to as the “Leverage Ratio” and two “risk based” calculations known as “Tier One Risk Based Capital Ratio” and the “Total Risk Based Capital Ratio.”  The Company and the Bank are subject to certain standards concerning these ratios. These standards were developed through the joint efforts of banking authorities from 12 different countries around the world. The standards essentially take into account the fact that different types of assets have different levels of risk associated with them. Further, they take into account the off-balance sheet exposures of banks when assessing capital adequacy.

The Leverage Ratio calculation simply divides common stockholders’ equity (reduced by goodwill and certain other intangibles that a bank may have) by the total assets of the bank. In the Tier One Risk Based Capital Ratio, the numerator is the same as the leverage ratio, but the denominator is the total “risk-weighted assets” of the bank. Risk-weighted assets are determined by segregating all the assets and off-balance sheet exposures into different risk categories and weighting them by a percentage ranging from 0% (lowest risk) to 100% (highest risk). The Total Risk Based Capital Ratio again uses “risk-weighted assets” in the denominator, but expands the numerator to include other capital items besides equity such as a limited amount of the allowance for loan losses, long-term capital debt, preferred stock and other instruments. Summarized below are the capital ratios at December 31, 2006 and 2005, for both Mid-State Bancshares and Mid-State Bank & Trust. Additionally, the standards for a well-capitalized institution, as defined by the federal banking agencies, are displayed.

 

 

Minimum
Regulatory

 

Well-Capitalized
Regulatory

 

Mid-State
Bancshares

 

Mid-State
Bank & Trust

 

 

 

Standard

 

Standard

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006

 

2005

 

Leverage Ratio

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

5.0

%

 

9.9

%

9.2

%

9.4

%

8.9

%

Tier One Risk Based Capital Ratio

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

6.0

%

 

12.1

%

11.6

%

11.5

%

11.3

%

Total Risk Based Capital Ratio

 

 

8.0

%

 

 

10.0

%

 

12.8

%

12.3

%

12.2

%

12.0

%

 

While it is the intent of Management to continue to maintain strong capital ratios, the Board of Directors has initiated a stock repurchase program and increased the quarterly dividend payments in an effort to further leverage its equity and enhance shareholder value. The Company also may modestly increase its other borrowings as noted above under Other Borrowings and increase its capital leverage.

Without deducting for goodwill and other intangibles from equity, two other commonly followed ratios related to capital have trended as follows over the past three years.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Dividend Payout Ratio

 

45.3

%

40.0

%

38.6

%

Average Common Equity to Average Assets

 

11.7

%

11.7

%

12.2

%

 

Capital Commitments

As of December 31, 2006, neither the Company nor the Bank had any material commitment for capital expenditures.

44




Contractual Obligations

As of December 31, 2006, the Bank had the following contractual obligations.

 

 

Less Than
One Year

 

One to Three
Years

 

Three to Five
Years

 

Over
Five Years

 

Total

 

Long Term Debt

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

20,000

 

 

 

$

27,000

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

47,000

 

Operating Leases

 

 

2,144

 

 

 

3,734

 

 

 

3,214

 

 

 

2,199

 

 

11,291

 

Total Contractual Obligations

 

 

$

2,144

 

 

 

$

23,734

 

 

 

$

30,214

 

 

 

$

2,199

 

 

$

58,291

 

 

Off Balance Sheet and Other Related Party Transactions

As noted in Footnote 12 to the financial statements, the Company is contingently liable for letter of credit accommodations made to its customers in the ordinary course of business totaling $39.8 million at December 31, 2006, down from $40.9 million one year earlier. Additionally, the Company has un-disbursed loan commitments, also made in the ordinary course of business, totaling $658.0 million, which was up from the $657.7 million outstanding one year earlier. The Company has an allowance for losses-unfunded commitments totaling $1.8 million at both December 31, 2006 and 2005 to cover losses inherent in its letter of credit accommodations and un-disbursed loan commitments.

There are no Special Purpose Entity (“SPE”) trusts, corporations, or other legal entities established by the Company or the Bank which reside off-balance sheet. There are no other off-balance sheet items other than the aforementioned items related to letter of credit accommodations and un-disbursed loan commitments.

As noted in Footnote 5 to the financial statements, the Company does make loans and leases to related parties (directors and officers) in the ordinary course of business at prevailing rates and terms. These loans and leases totaled $20.8 million and $14.1 million at the end of 2006 and 2005, respectively. In addition, there were un-funded commitments to loan up to an additional $12.8 million in extensions of credit to directors and executive officers at year-end 2006.

45




INCOME STATEMENT ANALYSIS

Net Interest Income and Interest Rate Risk

Net Interest Income is the difference between interest and fees earned on all earning assets and interest paid on interest bearing liabilities. Net Interest Income for 2006 was $118.4 million, up from $112.8 million recorded in 2005 and $101.5 million in 2004. The components of net interest income change in response to both changes in rate, average balance and mix of both earning assets and liabilities. The following tables present an analysis of yields/rates, interest income and expense, and average balances for 2006, 2005, and 2004.

ANALYSIS OF CHANGES IN INTEREST INCOME AND EXPENSE

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2006 Compared to 2005
Composition of Change

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest
Income/

 

Average
Yield/

 

Average

 

Interest
Income/

 

Average
Yield/

 

Change Due To:

 

Total

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Change

 

EARNING ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$ 1,554,271

 

$ 122,354

 

7.87

%

$ 1,472,885

 

$ 104,401

 

 

7.09

%

 

$ 6,088

 

 

$ 11,865

 

 

$ 17,953

 

Taxable Investment Securities

 

193,583

 

8,997

 

4.65

%

255,385

 

9,492

 

 

3.72

%

 

(2,585

)

 

2,090

 

 

(495

)

Non-taxable Investment Securities

 

329,426

 

12,418

 

3.77

%

355,745

 

13,255

 

 

3.73

%

 

(986

)

 

149

 

 

(837

)

Fed Funds, Other

 

39,936

 

2,027

 

5.08

%

36,108

 

1,178

 

 

3.26

%

 

160

 

 

689

 

 

849

 

TOTAL EARNING ASSETS

 

$ 2,117,216

 

$ 145,796

 

6.89

%

$ 2,120,123

 

$ 128,326

 

 

6.05

%

 

$ 2,677

 

 

$ 14,793

 

 

$ 17,470

 

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW, Savings, and Money Market Accounts

 

$ 1,021,575

 

$ 7,724

 

0.76

%

$ 1,082,861

 

$ 4,773

 

 

0.44

%

 

$ (367

)

 

$ 3,318

 

 

$ 2,951

 

Time Deposits

 

464,669

 

17,540

 

3.77

%

414,883

 

9,837

 

 

2.37

%

 

1,530

 

 

6,173

 

 

7,703

 

Interest Bearing Deposits

 

1,486,244

 

25,264

 

1.70

%

1,497,744

 

14,610

 

 

0.98

%

 

1,163

 

 

9,491

 

 

10,654

 

Other Borrowings

 

49,491

 

2,141

 

4.33

%

23,117

 

893

 

 

3.86

%

 

1,080

 

 

168

 

 

1,248

 

TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

 

1,535,735

 

27,405

 

1.78

%

1,520,861

 

15,503

 

 

1.02

%

 

2,243

 

 

9,659

 

 

11,902

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

$ 2,117,216

 

$ 118,391

 

5.59

%

$ 2,120,123

 

$ 112,823

 

 

5.32

%

 

$   434

 

 

$ 5,134

 

 

$ 5,568

 

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

2005 Compared to 2004
Composition of Change

 

 

 

Average

 

Interest
Income/

 

Average
Yield/

 

Average

 

Interest
Income/

 

Average
Yield/

 

Change Due To:

 

Total

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

Balance

 

Expense

 

Rate

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Change

 

EARNING ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans

 

$ 1,472,885

 

$ 104,401

 

7.09

%

$ 1,310,842

 

$ 85,127

 

 

6.49

%

 

$ 11,004

 

 

$ 8,270

 

 

$ 19,274

 

Taxable Investment Securities

 

255,385

 

9,492

 

3.72

%

359,668

 

11,683

 

 

3.25

%

 

(3,632

)

 

1,441

 

 

(2,191

)

Non-taxable Investment Securities

 

355,745

 

13,255

 

3.73

%

342,328

 

12,646

 

 

3.69

%

 

498

 

 

111

 

 

609

 

Fed Funds, Other

 

36,108

 

1,178

 

3.26

%

37,380

 

480

 

 

1.28

%

 

(28

)

 

726

 

 

698

 

TOTAL EARNING ASSETS

 

$ 2,120,123

 

$ 128,326

 

6.05

%

$ 2,050,218

 

$ 109,936

 

 

5.36

%

 

$ 7,842

 

 

$ 10,548

 

 

$ 18,390

 

INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW, Savings, and Money Market Accounts

 

$ 1,082,861

 

$ 4,773

 

0.44

%

$ 1,063,895

 

$ 2,565

 

 

0.24

%

 

$     65

 

 

$ 2,143

 

 

$ 2,208

 

Time Deposits

 

414,883

 

9,837

 

2.37

%

399,806

 

5,691

 

 

1.42

%

 

286

 

 

3,860

 

 

4,146

 

Interest Bearing Deposits

 

1,497,744

 

14,610

 

0.98

%

1,463,701

 

8,256

 

 

0.56

%

 

351

 

 

6,003

 

 

6,354

 

Other Borrowings

 

23,117

 

893

 

3.86

%

4,401

 

194

 

 

4.41

%

 

774

 

 

(75

)

 

699

 

TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

 

1,520,861

 

15,503

 

1.02

%

1,468,102

 

8,450

 

 

0.58

%

 

1,125

 

 

5,928

 

 

7,053

 

NET INTEREST INCOME

 

$ 2,120,123

 

$ 112,823

 

5.32

%

$ 2,050,218

 

$ 101,486

 

 

4.95

%

 

$ 6,717

 

 

$ 4,620

 

 

$ 11,337

 

 

46




During 2006 there was a $17.5 million increase in interest income along with an increase of $11.9 million in interest expense compared to 2005. The resulting $5.6 million increase in net interest income for 2006 was a result of a number of dynamics affecting both average balances and interest rates. First, the Company experienced a decrease in its average earning assets outstanding of $2.9 million. The decrease was primarily attributable to the runoff of investment securities which dropped $88.1 million. This was offset by increases in higher yielding average loans, which were up by $81.4 million, and fed funds sold of $3.8 million. Second, the Company’s average interest bearing liabilities increased by $14.9 million. Third, earning asset yields were higher in 2006 compared to the average for 2005, and liability costs, while higher in 2006, did not increase as dramatically.

During 2005 there was an $18.4 million increase in interest income along with an increase of $7.1 million in interest expense compared to 2004. The resulting $11.3 million increase in net interest income for 2005 was a result of similar dynamics to 2006 with an increase in its average earning assets outstanding of $69.9 million, primarily attributable to the net increase in average loans of $162.0 million, offset by declines in investments of $90.9 million and fed funds sold of $1.3 million. While the Company’s average interest bearing liabilities increased by $52.8 million, earning assets increased by a larger amount. Finally, earning asset yields were higher in 2005 compared to the average for 2004 and liability costs did not increase as dramatically.

The Bank expects its risk exposure to changes in interest rates during 2007 to remain manageable and well within acceptable policy ranges. A recent review as of the end of 2006 of the potential changes in the Bank’s net interest income over a 12 month time horizon showed that it could fluctuate under extreme alternative rate scenarios from between +2.6% and -5.7% of the base case (rates unchanged) of $125.7 million. The Bank’s policy is to maintain a structure of assets and liabilities which are such that net interest income will not vary more than plus or minus 15% of the base forecast over the next 12 months. Management expects that its exposure to interest rate risk is manageable and it will continue to strive for an optimal trade-off between risk and earnings.

The following table presents a summary of the Bank’s net interest income forecasted for the coming 12 months under alternative interest rate scenarios.

 

 

Change
From Base

 

Rates Down Very Significant

 

 

-5.7

%

 

(Prime down from 8.25% to 5.25% over 10 months)

 

 

 

 

 

Rates Down Significant

 

 

-3.5

%

 

(Prime down from 8.25% to 6.25% over 11 months)

 

 

 

 

 

Rates Down Modestly

 

 

-1.1

%

 

(Prime down from 8.25% to 7.25% over 11 months)

 

 

 

 

 

Base Case—Rates Unchanged

 

 

 

 

(Prime unchanged at 8.25% over 12 months)

 

 

 

 

 

Rates Up Modestly

 

 

+0.7

%

 

(Prime up from 8.25% to 9.25% over 11 months)

 

 

 

 

 

Rates Up Aggressive

 

 

+0.9

%

 

(Prime up from 8.25% to 10.25% over 11 months)

 

 

 

 

 

Rates Up Very Aggressive

 

 

+2.6

%

 

(Prime up from 8.25% to 11.25% over 10 months)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income under the above scenarios is influenced by the characteristics of the Bank’s assets and liabilities. In the case of N.O.W., savings and money market deposits (total $994.6 million) interest is based on rates generally set at the discretion of management ranging from 0.25% to 2.00%. In a downward rate environment, there is a limit to how far these deposit instruments can be re-priced and this behavior is

47




similar to that of fixed rate instruments. In an upward rate environment, the magnitude and timing of changes in rates on these deposits is assumed to be more reflective of variable rate instruments.

It is important to note that the above table is a summary of several forecasts and actual results may vary. The forecasts are based on estimates and assumptions of management that may turn out to be different and may change over time. Factors affecting these estimates and assumptions include, but are not limited to—competitors’ behavior, economic conditions both locally and nationally, actions taken by the Federal Reserve Board, customer behavior, and management’s responses. Changes that vary significantly from the assumptions and estimates may have significant effects on the Bank’s net interest income. Therefore the results of this analysis should not be relied upon as indicative of actual future results. Historically, the Bank has been able to manage its Net Interest Income in a fairly narrow range reflecting the Bank’s relative insensitivity to interest rate changes. The impact of prepayment behavior on mortgages, real estate loans, mortgage-backed securities, securities with call features, etc. is not considered material to the sensitivity analysis. Over the last 5 years, the Bank’s net interest margin (which is net interest income divided by average earning assets of the Bank) has ranged from a low of 4.95% to a high of 5.59% (not taxable equivalent). The Bank’s net interest margin in 2006 of 5.59% was at the high end of this range by historical standards, coming off the low levels experienced in 2004 and 2003 of 4.95% and 5.14%, respectively. The improvement in the net interest margin in 2006 is a result of both the higher level of interest rates and the change in mix of earning assets (the Bank now has a higher portion in loans vis-à-vis investment securities compared to earlier years when the margin was at lower levels). The net interest margin under the alternative scenarios ranges from 5.25% to 5.70%. Management feels this range of scenarios is consistent with current experience and interest rate levels, but no assurances can be given that actual future experience will fall within this range.

The Bank’s exposure with respect to interest rate derivatives, exchange rate fluctuations, and/or commodity price movements is nil. The Bank does not own any instruments within these markets.

Provision for Loan Losses

The Company did not make a provision to the allowance for loan losses during 2006 or 2005. In 2004, however, it reduced the allowance for loan losses by $2.7 million through a benefit to the provision for loan losses. These actions over the past three years reflected strong credit quality standards, consistent performance of the loan portfolio in recent years, improving trends in classified loans, improving trends in delinquencies, an improved outlook for the collection of the Company’s non accrual loans, the reduced absolute level of non accrual loans and the outlook for economic activity in general. The need for additional provision for loan losses or for further benefit to the provision for loan losses in 2007 will be dependent upon Management’s on-going analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. While Management believes the allowance to be adequate at the present time, the appropriate value can fluctuate over time in response to economic conditions and the subjective decisions which must be made in response to those conditions.

Non-Interest Income

Non-Interest Income for 2006 totaled $21.9 million compared to $21.4 million in 2005 and $27.8 million in 2004. Service charges on deposit accounts increased $0.8 million to $10.2 million in 2006 compared to 2005 following a decrease of $0.8 million to $9.4 million in 2005 versus 2004. The increase in 2006 compared to 2005 reflects primarily an increase in overdraft fees. The decrease in 2005 compared to 2004 primarily reflects a decline in account analysis charges collected in the face of higher earnings credits for compensating balances posted to customer accounts in the higher rate environment.

Commissions, fees and other service charges increased by $.2 million in 2006 to $8.8 million. This followed a decrease of $4.0 million to $8.6 million in 2005 over 2004. The increase in 2006 was primarily

48




due to an increase in debit card fees. The decrease in 2005 was a result of outsourcing its merchant credit card processing functions (approximately $5.2 million) offset by improvements to other categories, especially debit card fees ($0.4 million), letter of credit commissions ($0.3 million) and trust department income ($0.3 million). The Company now receives a payment for merchant credit card processing which is net of expenses, so a similar decline was experienced in the non-interest expense section of the income statement in 2005.

Losses on sales of securities were at $32 thousand in 2006 following gains of $88 thousand and $475 thousand gains in 2005 and 2004, respectively. Activity in both 2006 and 2005 reflects primarily calls of debt securities as opposed to disposals by the Company. The larger gain in 2004 reflected the acceptance of a tender offer for a $1.0 million block of corporate bonds held by the Bank resulting in a $352 thousand gain in the first quarter and the sale of an additional security (the put feature of which was no longer applicable) at a gain of $93 thousand in the third quarter.

The Gain on Sale of loans held for sale (single family mortgages) was $414 thousand in 2006 compared to $549 thousand in 2005 and $607 thousand in 2004. The modest decline in 2006 compared to 2005 reflected a lower volume of jumbo adjustable rate mortgage loans sold as the Company kept a larger amount of these in its regular loan portfolio. The higher levels in 2004 compared to 2005 reflected the large amount of mortgage refinance activity experienced as a result of the historically low mortgage interest rate levels in that year.

All other sources of income were $2.5 million in 2006, compared to $2.8 million in 2005 and $3.9 million in 2004. The decline in 2006 compared to 2005 related primarily to a decline in miscellaneous recoveries. The decline in 2005 compared to 2004 related to a $1.1 million gain on the sale of OREO in 2004 which did not recur in 2005.

Non-Interest Expense

Total non-interest expense for 2006 was $85.7 million, following $77.7 million in 2005, and $79.3 million in 2004. Salaries and employee benefits increased to $48.7 million in 2006 compared to $44.6 million in 2005 and $41.8 million in 2004. The increase in 2006 compared to 2005 reflects: 1) $1.9 million of stock based compensation expense related to the adoption of SFAS 123(R); 2) $1.9 million in salary increases; and 3) $.3 million increase in employee benefits due to higher group insurance costs. The increase in 2005 compared to 2004 was a result of: 1) a $1.7 million increase in expense for the Company’s bonus program due to exceeding goals established at the start of the year by a greater degree in 2005 than in 2004, 2) increases in payroll taxes and other benefits of $0.4 million and 3) salary expense increases of $0.7 million. A number of factors are continuing to create unusually strong upward pressure on these costs, especially the cost of medical benefits, workers compensation, competitive wages and the increasing need for infrastructure for regulatory compliance. The Company is addressing these cost pressures by focusing on ways of becoming more efficient in its processes and using technology wherever possible to hold down staffing requirements.

Occupancy expense increased slightly to $12.9 million in 2006 after being virtually unchanged in 2005 and 2004 at $12.5 million. The increase in 2006 reflects increased rent due to the opening of the new commercial banking facility in Westlake Village and normal rent increases.

Advertising and promotion expenditures were $4.6 million in 2006 following charges of $4.4 million in 2005 and $4.0 million in 2004. The increase in 2006 over 2005 reflected increased business development expenditures of $200 thousand. The increase in 2005 over 2004 reflected increased business development expenditures of $269 thousand, increased donations of $115 thousand and various other smaller increases in individual line items. The Company does not expect any major increases in its 2007 expenditures.

49




General office expenditures have been relatively flat with $4.0 million in 2006 following levels of $3.8 million in 2005 and $4.0 million in 2004. This category includes primarily charges for stationery and supplies, telephone expenses, and postage. Management does not expect any significant changes to this category in 2007.

Merchant processing and data processing charges were $1.6 million in 2006, $0.9 million in 2005, and $5.2 million in 2004. The decline from 2004 reflects the outsourcing of this function to an outside vendor late in that year. The increase in 2006 reflects higher debit card usage which generated $725 thousand more in fees paid to our outsourced vendor. These costs were offset by higher fee income noted above in Non-interest Income. Management’s expectation for 2007 is that this category of expense will be little changed.

Professional services were $6.3 million in 2006 following $5.0 million in 2005 and $5.5 million in 2004. The increase in 2006 over 2005 reflects continued costs of compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and regulatory requirements. The decrease in 2005 compared to 2004 reflects slightly lower costs incurred after the intensive, initial compliance efforts for Sarbanes-Oxley. Management expects costs in 2007 for professional services to be little changed from 2006 levels.

Regulatory assessments (charges for FDIC assessments and DFI fees) have been little changed over the past three years at $0.4 million, $0.4 million and $0.5 million in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Management does not anticipate any significant increases in these charges in 2007.

Other operating expenses increased in 2006 to $7.1 million compared to $6.0 million in 2005 and $5.8 million in 2004. The increase in 2006 compared to 2005 was primarily due to increased correspondent bank fees of $226 thousand, additional provision for losses on unfunded commitments of $91 thousand and $496 thousand of expenses incurred related to the pending merger with Rabobank. The increase in 2005 compared to 2004 reflects a smaller credit to the provision for losses on unfunded commitments in 2005 of $136 thousand.

Taxes

Book tax expense amounted to $19.2 million in 2006, $19.1 million in 2005, and $17.5 million in 2004. While the statutory tax rate of the Company is 42.05%, the actual rate accrued was 35.3%, 33.7%, and 33.3% in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. The primary reason for the difference compared to the statutory rate relates to the tax exempt income generated by the Company’s municipal bond portfolio. The higher effective tax rate in 2006 was primarily due to the fact that compensation costs associated with incentive stock options are now recognized against income, along with all other share based awards, in accordance with SFAS 123(R), as described in Note 15 to these financial statements. This additional book expense, however, does not generate a tax deduction for the Company and, thus creates a higher effective tax rate against book income. If, in the future, there are disqualifying dispositions of the shares issued in the exercise of those incentive stock options, the Company will receive a tax deduction and show a benefit in it’s effective tax rate in that period.

As described in Note 10 to the financial statements, the Company has deferred tax assets primarily related to the timing difference associated with charge-offs and provisions for losses on certain loans and with the timing difference on deferred compensation.

50




SUBSIDIARY ACTIVITY

Mid-Coast Land Company

Mid-Coast Land Company recorded a profit of $195 thousand in 2006, $409 thousand in 2005 and $379 thousand in net income in 2004. The gains in each of these years primarily relate to the on-going commissions on the sale of property formerly owned by Mid-Coast Land Company. Management expects earnings to continue for several years as there are 81 lots remaining to be sold at the start of 2007 (down from 86 one year earlier) which are subject to the payment of these commissions.

MSB Properties, Inc.

This wholly owned subsidiary was formed to engage in the specific business of acquiring, owning, and improving real property and tangible personal property which may be necessary or convenient for the operation or housing of the administrative departments and branch offices of the Bank. Incorporated under the laws of the State of California in May of 1968, it also allows for the ownership of property which may be reasonably necessary for future expansion of the Bank’s business, or which is otherwise reasonably related to the conduct of the Bank’s business, pursuant to Section 752 of the Financial Code of the State of California.

Earnings for this subsidiary consist primarily of rental income from the Bank’s offices and administrative center coupled with a minor amount of rental income from non-bank tenants and interest earnings on its cash assets. Leases are written with market terms and at market rates. Expenses are principally rental expense, depreciation of leasehold improvements, general maintenance and utilities expense. The affairs of the subsidiary are managed by Bank employees and as such this subsidiary has no paid staff members.

Earnings for MSB Properties, Inc. have remained relatively unchanged over the years with net earnings after-tax of $1.1 million, $1.2 million, and $1.2 million, in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

This “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” as well as, disclosures included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, are based upon the Company’s consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The preparation of these financial statements require Management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosure of contingencies. Management believes that the most significant subjective judgments that it is required to make include the following:

·       Allowance for losses.   Management reviews the adequacy of the allowance and also employs an independent third party loan review group to, among other things, review the adequacy of the allowance and make recommendations. Management, as necessary, adjusts the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for losses—unfunded commitments. These adjustments are made through a charge to expense or a benefit in the provision for loan losses on the income statement. The allowance is also examined annually by one or more of the Bank’s regulatory bodies including the FDIC and DFI. The need for additional provision for loan losses in 2006, or a benefit to the provision for loan losses, will be dependent upon Management’s on-going analysis of the adequacy of the allowance for losses. While Management believes it to be adequate at the present time, the appropriate value can fluctuate over time in response to economic conditions and the subjective decisions which must be made in response to those conditions.

·       Fair Value.   Where applicable, the Company is required by Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) to disclose the fair value of financial instruments and the methods and

51




significant assumptions used to estimate those fair values. Also, the fair value calculated on collateral supporting the Bank’s extensions of credit (e.g.—appraisals on the property securing real estate loans) can have a significant effect on the determination of the adequacy of the allowance for losses noted above. Wherever possible, fair value used by the Company equals quoted market price, as for example with its investment securities portfolio, if available. If it is not available, fair value is estimated by the Company using quoted market prices for similar assets. Fair value of other instruments involves discounting future cash flows using current market rates for instruments with similar maturity and credit characteristics. Declines in the fair value of held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities below their cost that are deemed to be other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary impairment losses, management considers 1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, 2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and 3) the intent and ability of the Corporation to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. Management is also required to calculate the fair value of its options issued under its Equity Based Compensation Plan. See Note 15 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a description of the calculation of pro forma compensation expense based on the fair value of options issued at the grant date.

·       Taxes.   The Company estimates its quarterly effective income tax rate based upon a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the expected revenues for the year and the product mix of revenue, and the ratio of permanent differences to total revenue. Any changes to the estimated rate are made prospectively in accordance with APB 28 “Interim Financial Reporting”. Additionally, a valuation allowance, which was zero at December 31, 2006 and 2005, provides for deferred taxes that are not anticipated to be offset by taxable income projected for the next 12 months. A valuation allowance is based on estimates by Management which can change over time.

·       Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles.   The Company is required by GAAP to perform an annual impairment analysis of the amount of Goodwill showing on its Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. Additional information can be found under “Goodwill and Core Deposit Intangibles” earlier in this Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

ITEM 7A.        QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK

Certain information concerning market risk is contained in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements which are included in Item 8 of this Report and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations which is included in Item 7 of this Report.

52




ITEM 8.                FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

PAGE

 

Management Statement

 

 

54

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

55

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

 

 

57

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

58

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

59

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Capital Accounts

 

 

60

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

61

 

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

62

 

 

 

53




Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting of the Company. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Internal control over financial reporting also includes controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act.

The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, Management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006 and 2005. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which is included herein.

Management is also responsible for compliance with the federal and state laws and regulations concerning dividend restrictions and federal laws and regulations concerning loans to insiders designated by the FDIC as safety and soundness laws and regulations.

Management assessed its compliance with the designated laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness. Based on this assessment, Management believes that Mid-State Bancshares complied, in all significant aspects, with the designated laws and regulations relating to safety and soundness for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

/s/ JAMES W. LOKEY

 

/s/ JAMES G. STATHOS

 

 

James W. Lokey

 

James G. Stathos

 

 

President

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

54




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Mid-State Bancshares:

We have completed integrated audits of Mid-State Bancshares’ consolidated financial statements and of its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Our opinions, based on our audits, are presented below.

Consolidated financial statements

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Mid-State Bancshares and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit of financial statements includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensation in 2006.

Internal control over financial reporting

Also, in our opinion, management’s assessment, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on criteria established in Internal ControlIntegrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), is fairly stated, in all material respects, based on those criteria. Furthermore, in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on management’s assessment and on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We conducted our audit of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. An audit of internal control over financial reporting includes obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, evaluating management’s assessment, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control, and performing such other procedures as we consider necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Management’s assessment

55




and our audit of Mid-State Bancshares’ internal control over financial reporting also included controls over the preparation of financial statements in accordance with the instructions to the Consolidated Financial Statements for Bank Holding Companies (Form FR Y-9C) to comply with the reporting requirements of Section 112 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act (FDICIA). A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

March 15, 2007

56




Consolidated Statements of Financial Position

(amounts in 000’s except share amounts)

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND DUE FROM BANKS

 

$

99,675

 

$

109,791

 

FEDERAL FUNDS SOLD

 

38,582

 

 

SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE

 

487,700

 

619,332

 

LOANS HELD FOR SALE

 

12,840

 

10,176

 

LOANS, net

 

1,562,817

 

1,507,118

 

PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, net

 

32,131

 

24,772

 

ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

 

13,128

 

13,947

 

GOODWILL

 

47,840

 

47,840

 

CORE DEPOSIT INTANGIBLES, net

 

5,611

 

6,483

 

SENIOR HOUSING CRIME PREVENTION FOUNDATION INVESTMENT

 

30,000

 

30,000

 

OTHER ASSETS

 

25,130

 

22,040

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

2,355,454

 

$

2,391,499

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

DEPOSITS:

 

 

 

 

 

Demand deposits

 

$

523,139

 

$

567,782

 

Savings, money market and NOW accounts

 

994,586

 

1,067,486

 

Time deposits—$100,000 or more

 

229,392

 

202,063

 

Time deposits—Under $100,000

 

257,664

 

232,275

 

Total Deposits

 

2,004,781

 

2,069,606

 

OTHER BORROWINGS

 

49,400

 

25,903

 

ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES - UNFUNDED COMMITMENTS

 

1,830

 

1,761

 

ACCRUED INTEREST PAYABLE & OTHER LIABILITIES

 

17,006

 

21,667

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

2,073,017

 

2,118,937

 

Commitments and Contingencies (Note 12)

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

CAPITAL STOCK, NO PAR VALUE:

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized—100,000,000 shares
Outstanding—22,188,488 shares in 2006 and 22,520,434 in 2005

 

33,418

 

42,343

 

UNDIVIDED PROFITS

 

249,113

 

229,824

 

ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME, NET OF TAXES OF ($62) IN 2006 AND $264 IN 2005

 

(94

)

395

 

TOTAL CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

282,437

 

272,562

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES & CAPITAL ACCOUNTS

 

$

2,355,454

 

$

2,391,499

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

57




Consolidated Statements of Income

(amounts in 000’s except per share amounts)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Interest Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on loans and leases

 

$

122,354

 

$

104,401

 

$

85,127

 

Interest on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

734

 

679

 

974

 

U.S. Government agencies and corporations

 

5,919

 

6,492

 

8,553

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions, other

 

14,762

 

15,576

 

14,802

 

Interest on federal funds sold

 

2,027

 

1,178

 

480

 

TOTAL INTEREST INCOME

 

145,796

 

128,326

 

109,936

 

Interest Expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

25,264

 

14,610

 

8,256

 

Interest on other borrowings

 

2,141

 

893

 

194

 

TOTAL INTEREST EXPENSE

 

27,405

 

15,503

 

8,450

 

Net Interest Income

 

118,391

 

112,823

 

101,486

 

(Benefit)/Provision for loan losses

 

 

 

(2,700

)

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

118,391

 

112,823

 

104,186

 

Other Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

10,168

 

9,384

 

10,164

 

Commissions, fees and other service charges

 

8,823

 

8,620

 

12,577

 

Gains on sale of securities

 

(32

)

88

 

475

 

Gain on sale of loans held for sale

 

414

 

549

 

607

 

Other income

 

2,492

 

2,800

 

3,941

 

TOTAL OTHER INCOME

 

21,865

 

21,441

 

27,764

 

Other Expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries & employee benefits

 

48,746

 

44,635

 

41,779

 

Occupancy expenses

 

12,938

 

12,534

 

12,509

 

Advertising & promotion

 

4,582

 

4,439

 

3,955

 

General office

 

3,961

 

3,809

 

4,017

 

Merchant processing and data processing fees

 

1,620

 

900

 

5,197

 

Professional services

 

6,343

 

4,955

 

5,525

 

Regulatory assessments

 

418

 

445

 

498

 

Other operating expenses

 

7,123

 

5,957

 

5,814

 

TOTAL OTHER EXPENSES

 

85,731

 

77,674

 

79,294

 

Income before taxes

 

54,525

 

56,590

 

52,656

 

Tax expense

 

19,246

 

19,099

 

17,547

 

NET INCOME

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

Earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—Basic

 

$

1.59

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.50

 

—Diluted

 

$

1.55

 

$

1.61

 

$

1.47

 

Average shares used in earnings per share calculation:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—Basic

 

22,211

 

22,788

 

23,422

 

—Diluted

 

22,711

 

23,300

 

23,897

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

58




Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(amounts in 000’s)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

NET INCOME

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

Other Comprehensive Income Before Taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding losses arising during year

 

(846

)

(10,687

)

(8,568

)

Reclassification adjustment for losses (gains) included in net income

 

32

 

(88

)

(475

)

Other comprehensive loss, before tax

 

(814

)

(10,775

)

(9,043

)

Income tax benefit

 

(325

)

(4,310

)

(3,626

)

OTHER COMPREHENSIVE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOSS, NET OF TAXES

 

(489

)

(6,465

)

(5,417

)

TOTAL COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

$

34,790

 

$

31,026

 

$

29,692

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

59




Consolidated Statements of

Changes in Capital Accounts

(amounts in 000’s except share amounts)

 

 

Number of
Shares

 

Capital
Stock

 

Undivided
Profits

 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

 

Total

 

BALANCE, December 31, 2003

 

23,567,478

 

$

75,506

 

$

184,771

 

 

$

12,277

 

 

$

272,554

 

Cash dividend—$0.58 per share

 

 

 

(13,552

)

 

 

 

(13,552

)

Exercise of stock options

 

190,548

 

2,579

 

 

 

 

 

2,579

 

Net income

 

 

 

35,109

 

 

 

 

35,109

 

Change in net unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of taxes of $(3,626)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,417

)

 

(5,417

)

Stock repurchased

 

(658,867

)

(16,646

)

 

 

 

 

(16,646

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2004

 

23,099,159

 

$

61,439

 

$

206,328

 

 

$

6,860

 

 

$

274,627

 

Cash dividend—$0.66 per share

 

 

 

(14,995

)

 

 

 

(14,995

)

Exercise of stock options

 

266,330

 

3,969

 

 

 

 

 

3,969

 

Tax Benefit from exercise of options

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

Net income

 

 

 

37,491

 

 

 

 

37,491

 

Change in net unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of taxes of ($4,310)

 

 

 

 

 

(6,465

)

 

(6,465

)

Stock repurchased

 

(845,055

)

(23,065

)

 

 

 

 

(23,065

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2005

 

22,520,434

 

$

42,343

 

$

229,824

 

 

$

395

 

 

$

272,562

 

Cash dividend—$0.72 per share

 

 

 

(15,990

)

 

 

 

(15,990

)

Exercise of stock options

 

276,930

 

4,414

 

 

 

 

 

4,414

 

Tax Benefit from exercise of options

 

 

1,667

 

 

 

 

 

1,667

 

Net income

 

 

 

35,279

 

 

 

 

35,279

 

Change in net unrealized gain on available for sale securities, net of taxes of ($325)

 

 

 

 

 

(489

)

 

(489

)

Common stock issued under employee Plans and related tax benefits

 

 

1,915

 

 

 

 

 

1,915

 

Stock repurchased

 

(608,876

)

(16,921

)

 

 

 

 

(16,921

)

BALANCE, December 31, 2006

 

22,188,488

 

$

33,418

 

$

249,113

 

 

$

(94

)

 

$

282,437

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

60




Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(amounts in 000’s)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Benefit)/Provision for credit losses

 

 

 

(2,700

)

Provision for depreciation and amortization

 

5,278

 

5,249

 

5,044

 

Amortization of originated mortgage servicing rights

 

442

 

458

 

459

 

Amortization of net investment security premiums

 

2,626

 

3,743

 

5,120

 

Amortization of deferred loan (costs) fees

 

299

 

(525

)

(163

)

Amortization of core deposit intangible assets

 

872

 

1,249

 

1,375

 

Share-based compensation, net of taxes

 

1,654

 

 

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based payments

 

(10

)

 

 

Loss (Gain) on sale of investments

 

32

 

(88

)

(475

)

Originations of loans held for sale

 

(73,357

)

(70,517

)

(77,218

)

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

71,109

 

73,878

 

78,247

 

Gain on sale of other real estate owned

 

 

 

(1,084

)

Gain on sale of loans held for sale

 

(415

)

(549

)

(607

)

Deferred tax charge (benefit)

 

(1,921

)

33

 

(765

)

(Increase) decrease in accrued interest

 

819

 

(2,029

)

256

 

Decrease (increase) in other assets

 

(1,287

)

860

 

(4,176

)

Increase (decrease) in accrued interest payable and other liabilities

 

(4,591

)

3,095

 

4,882

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

36,829

 

52,348

 

43,304

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sales and maturities of securities

 

187,266

 

140,159

 

160,631

 

Purchases of securities

 

(59,106

)

(159,104

)

(44,463

)

Net increase in loans

 

(55,998

)

(98,498

)

(266,363

)

Receipts from real estate investments, net of advances

 

 

 

4,512

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(12,637

)

(5,075

)

(3,665

)

Net cash provided(used) by investing activities

 

59,525

 

(122,518

)

(149,348

)

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

(64,825

)

75,061

 

82,114

 

Increase in other borrowings—Federal Home Loan Bank

 

25,000

 

20,000

 

 

Net decrease in other borrowings—revolving T.T. & L. note

 

(1,504

)

(679

)

(1,045

)

Cash dividend paid

 

(15,990

)

(14,995

)

(13,552

)

Proceeds from exercise of share-based awards

 

6,342

 

4,970

 

2,579

 

Excess tax benefit from share-based payments

 

10

 

 

 

Stock repurchase for retirement

 

(16,921

)

(23,065

)

(16,646

)

Net cash provided (used) by financing activities

 

(67,888

)

61,292

 

53,450

 

(DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH & CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

28,466

 

(8,878

)

(52,594

)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year

 

109,791

 

118,669

 

171,263

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year

 

$

138,257

 

$

109,791

 

$

118,669

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

26,869

 

$

15,112

 

$

8,237

 

Taxes on income

 

19,950

 

19,057

 

15,006

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transfer of security investment for senior housing crime prevention foundation investment

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.

61

 




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 2006

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accounting and reporting policies of Mid-State Bancshares and subsidiary (the “Company”) conform with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (GAAP) and general practice within the banking industry. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The following are descriptions of the more significant accounting policies of the Company.

Consolidation:   The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Mid-State Bancshares and its wholly owned subsidiary, Mid-State Bank & Trust, (the “Bank”) which includes Mid-State Bank & Trust’s wholly owned subsidiaries, Mid-Coast Land Company and MSB Properties, Inc. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk:   Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located within the three counties of San Luis Obispo, Santa Barbara and Ventura in California. Note 4 below reviews the types of securities that the Company invests in. Note 5 reviews the types of lending that the Company engages in. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one industry or customer, but does have a significant portion of its loan portfolio (approximately 83%) secured by real estate.

Cash and Cash Equivalents:   For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and balances due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell, all of which mature within ninety days.

Securities:   Securities for which the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold until maturity would be classified as held-to-maturity securities. Securities which are purchased principally for the purpose of selling them in the near term for a gain would be classified as trading securities. Securities not classified as held-to-maturity or trading are classified as available for sale. The Company holds no securities that should be classified as trading securities or held-to-maturity securities. Securities classified as available for sale are reported on the consolidated statements of financial position as of December 31, 2006 and 2005, at their market value. The net unrealized gains or losses for these securities are reported, net of related taxes, in the statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 and as a separate component of the capital accounts for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

Interest income from the securities portfolio is accrued as earned including the accretion of discounts and the amortization of premiums based on the original cost of each security owned. The accretion of discounts and the amortization of premiums are on a straight-line basis to the expected maturity date of the bond. The gain or loss recognized on any security sold prior to maturity is based on the difference between principal proceeds and this amortized cost. Related income taxes are calculated at current federal and state statutory rates.

Loans Held for Sale:   Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or market, which is determined on an aggregate basis. They are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by market valuation adjustments and increased or reduced by net deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest on loans is recognized over the terms of the loans and is calculated on principal amounts outstanding. Direct loan origination fees and costs are deferred until the related loan is sold.

62




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Loans:   Loans are stated at face amount, less payments collected and net deferred loan fees. Income is accrued daily as earned. Loan origination costs are netted against loan fees collected and the net amount is deferred in accordance with SFAS No. 91, “Accounting for Nonrefundable Fees and Costs Associated with Originating or Acquiring Loans and Initial Direct Costs of Leases,” and amortized into income over the expected life of the loan. The allowance for loan losses, which is based on estimates, is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that are considered to be inherent in the portfolio. Ultimate losses may vary from the current estimates. Management reviews these estimates periodically, considers the borrower’s financial status, current economic conditions, historical loan loss experience and other factors. As adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by net charge-offs.

In determining income recognition on loans, generally no interest is recognized with respect to loans on which a default of interest or principal has occurred for a period of 90 days or more. Consumer loans are typically charged-off when they are 90 days or more past due. Other types of loans are placed on non-accrual status when management believes that the borrower’s financial condition, after giving consideration to economic and business conditions and collection efforts, is such that the presumption of collectibility of interest no longer is prudent. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, previously accrued and uncollected interest is reversed from income. Loans on non-accrual are charged off, or partially charged off, when collection of all, or a portion of, principal is considered doubtful. Payments received on non accrual loans are applied to principal unless the loan has had a partial charge off in which case payment is applied as a recovery to the allowance for loan losses. Once a loan is on non-accrual, it is generally not returned to accrual status until 1) all past due principal and interest payments have been paid, 2) there has been a demonstrated ability to make payments for 6 to 12 months, and 3) there is sufficient collateral supporting the loan.

Premises and Equipment:   Premises and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization are computed principally on the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated useful life of each type of asset or the lease term.

Other Real Estate Owned:   Other Real Estate Owned (OREO) is comprised of real estate acquired through foreclosure. It is carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less estimated costs of disposal.

Goodwill:   The amounts presented on the Company’s consolidated statements of financial position represents the excess of acquisition prices paid over and above the fair market value of net assets acquired. In accordance with the terms of SFAS No. 142, on an annual basis, the Company tests its Goodwill for impairment. Goodwill is entirely attributable to the Company’s community banking segment, and because the fair market value of Mid-State Bancshares’ equity is a safe proxy for the fair market value of the community banking segment, the Company compares its fair market value of equity to its book value. This difference is compared to Goodwill. Provided the excess of fair market value to book value is above the Goodwill amount, there is no impairment of Goodwill.

63




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Core Deposit Intangible:   The fair market value of core deposits acquired are carried at cost, less accumulated amortization. The amounts carried are included in Core Deposit Intangibles, net, on the consolidated statements of financial position. The amortization of the Core Deposit Intangible (CDI) is computed principally on a straight-line basis over its expected useful life. On an annual basis, the Company tests it CDI for impairment. The amortized CDI is compared to the original amount of CDI booked at the time of the acquisition. This percentage is then compared to the percentage of customers acquired in the acquisition who are still banking with the Bank. Provided the percentage of the CDI does not exceed the percentage of customers who are still banking with the Bank, there is no impairment. The amortization of the CDI may be adjusted from time to time based on the results of this test.

Allowance for losses—unfunded commitments:   The allowance for loan losses—unfunded commitments, which is based on estimates, is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that are considered to be inherent in commitments and contingencies which the Company is obligated under. Ultimate losses may vary from the current estimates. Management reviews these estimates periodically, considers the financial status of the commitment or contingency, current economic conditions, historical experience and other factors. As adjustments become necessary, they are reported in earnings in the periods in which they become known. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to other operating expense and reduced by credits to other operating expense.

Accounting for Income Taxes:   Deferred income tax assets or liabilities are computed based on the difference between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted marginal tax rate. Deferred income tax expenses or benefits are based on the changes in the deferred asset or liability from period to period. The Company estimates its quarterly effective income tax rate based upon a variety of factors, including, but not limited to, the expected revenues for the year and the product mix of revenue, and the ratio of permanent differences to total revenue. Any changes to the estimated rate are made prospectively in accordance with APB 28 “Interim Financial Reporting”. Additionally, Management makes estimates as to the amount of reserves, if any, that are necessary for known tax exposures.

Stock Option Plan:   Through December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for its stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.” SFAS No. 123 allowed stock options to be valued using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.” and provided for presentation of proforma net income and proforma earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants as if the fair-value-based method, defined in SFAS 123(R) had been applied. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R), “Share Based Payment.”  This standard requires that all share-based compensation awards be measured at fair value at the date of grant and expensed over their vesting or service periods.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements:   In June 2004, the Emerging Issues Task Force of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued guidance on its Issue No. 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments.” The guidance made recommendations regarding unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt and equity securities accounted for under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 115, “Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities,” and No. 124, “Accounting for Certain Investments Held by Not-for-Profit Organizations.”  The guidance for evaluating whether an investment is other-than-temporarily impaired was to be applied in other-than-temporary impairment evaluations made in reporting

64




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

periods beginning after June 15, 2004. The disclosures were to be effective in annual financial statements for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2003, for investments accounted for under Statements 115 and 124. On September 30, 2004, the FASB Board directed the issuance of FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF Issue 03-1-a, “Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF Issue No. 03-1.” The proposed FSP would provide implementation guidance with respect to debt securities that are impaired solely due to interest rates and/or sector spreads and analyzed for other-than-temporary impairment under paragraph 16 of issue 03-1. The FASB asked constituents to comment on whether the application guidance with respect to “minor impairments” should also be applied to securities analyzed for impairment under paragraphs 10-15 of Issue 03-1. At the June 29, 2005 meeting, the Board decided not to provide additional guidance on the meaning of other-than-temporary impairment and directed the staff to finalize proposed FASB Staff Position (FSP) EITF 03-1-a, “Implementation Guidance for the Application of Paragraph 16 of EITF Issue No. 03-1.” The final FSP, retitled as FSP FAS 115-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments,” would:

1.                Replace the guidance in paragraphs 10 - 18 of EITF Issue 03-1, “The Meaning of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment and Its Application to Certain Investments,” and refer to existing other-than-temporary impairment guidance—for example, FASB Statement No. 115, Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity Securities, APB Opinion No. 18, The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common Stock, and SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 59, “Accounting for Noncurrent Marketable Equity Securities”

2.                Supersede Issue 03-1 and EITF Topic No. D-44, “Recognition of Other-Than-Temporary Impairment upon the Planned Sale of a Security Whose Cost Exceeds Fair Value”

3.                Codify the guidance set forth in Topic D-44 and clarify that an investor should recognize an impairment loss no later than when the impairment is deemed other than temporary, even if a decision to sell has not been made

4.                Be effective for other-than-temporary impairment analyses conducted in periods beginning after September 15, 2005.

At the September 7, 2005 meeting, the Board directed the staff to consider transition guidance for the proposed FSP. At the September 14, 2005 meeting, the Board decided to retain the paragraph in the proposed FSP pertaining to the accounting for debt securities subsequent to an other-than-temporary impairment and add a footnote to clarify that the proposed FSP does not address when a debt security should be designated as non-accrual or how to subsequently report income on a non-accrual debt security. In addition, the Board decided that (1) transition would be applied prospectively and (2) the effective date would be reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2005. Adoption of EITF Issue 03-1-a did not have a material impact on the Company’s results of operations or its financial position.

The FASB issued a revision to SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” in December 2004. The revised Statement is SFAS No. 123(R) (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” and it supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and its related implementation guidance. It is effective for the Company as of January 1, 2006. The Statement requires that the Company measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments (share based payment awards) based on the grant date fair value of the award and the estimated number of awards that are expected to vest. The cost will be recognized over the period during

65




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award—usually the vesting period. Compensation cost for awards that vest would not be reversed if the awards expire without being exercised. The Company previously applied APB Opinion No. 25, in accounting for its share based payment awards. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized for grants of these types of awards prior to 2006. Pro forma disclosures of net income and earnings per share were disclosed in Note 15 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10K. The Company adopted the revised Statement for the first quarter of 2006. The impact of adopting the accounting treatment was to reduce earnings by approximately $429 thousand, after-tax, for the three months ended December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2006, earnings were reduced by approximately $1.7 million, after-tax.

FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections” on June 1, 2005, a replacement of APB No. 20 and SFAS No. 3. The Statement applies to all voluntary changes in accounting principle, and changes the requirements for accounting for and reporting of a change in accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 requires retrospective application to prior periods’ financial statements of a voluntary change in accounting principle unless it is impracticable. APB No. 20 previously required that most voluntary changes in accounting principle be recognized by including in net income of the period of the change the cumulative effect of changing to the new accounting principle. SFAS No. 154 improves financial reporting because its requirements enhance the consistency of financial information between periods. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. Adoption of the Statement did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

FASB issued SFAS No. 155, “Accounting for Certain Hybrid Instruments,” on February 16, 2006 as an amendment of FASB Statements No. 133 and 140. The standard allows financial instruments that have embedded derivatives to be accounted for as a whole (eliminating the need to bifurcate the derivative from its host) if the holder elects to account for the whole instrument on a fair value basis. The standard also: a) clarifies which interest-only strips and principal-only strips are not subject to the requirements of Statement 133; b) establishes a requirement to evaluate interests in securitized financial assets to identify interests that are freestanding derivatives or that are hybrid financial instruments that contain an embedded derivative requiring bifurcation; c) clarifies that concentrations of credit risk in the form of subordination are not embedded derivatives; and d) amends Statement 140 to eliminate the prohibition on a qualifying special-purpose entity from holding a derivative financial instrument that pertains to a beneficial interest other than another derivative financial instrument. The Company expects to adopt the Statement for the first quarter of 2007 and expects it will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

The FASB issued SFAS No. 156, “Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets” on March 17, 2006 as an amendment to SFAS No. 140. The standard will simplify the accounting for servicing assets and liabilities, such as those common with mortgage securitization activities. Specifically, the new Standard addresses the recognition and measurement of separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities and provides an approach to simplify efforts to obtain hedge-like (offset) accounting. The standard also clarifies when an obligation to service financial assets should be separately recognized as a servicing asset or a servicing liability, requires that a separately recognized servicing asset or servicing liability be initially measured at fair value, if practicable, permits an entity with a separately recognized servicing asset or servicing liability to choose either the amortization method or fair value method for subsequent

66




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

measurement. SFAS No. 156 permits a servicer that uses derivative financial instruments to offset risks on servicing to report both the derivative financial instrument and related servicing asset or liability by using a consistent measurement attribute—fair value. The Company expects to adopt the Statement for the first quarter of 2007 and expects it will not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

On July 13, 2006 the FASB released Financial Interpretation Number (FIN) 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes-an interpretation of FASB Statement 109”. The Interpretation provides definitive guidance and disclosure requirements related to income tax uncertainties. FIN 48 prescribes a comprehensive model for how a company should recognize, measure, present, and disclose in its financial statements uncertain tax positions that the company has taken or expects to take on a tax return. Under the Interpretation, the financial statements will reflect expected future tax consequences of such positions presuming the taxing authorities’ full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts, but without considering time values. The Interpretation also revises disclosure requirements to include a tabular roll-forward of any unrecognized tax benefits. The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company does not expect it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

The FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements” (FAS 157), on September 15, 2006, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and expands disclosures about fair value measurement. FAS 157 will apply whenever another standard requires (or permits) assets or liabilities to be measured at fair value. The standard does not expand the use of fair value to any new circumstances. FAS 157 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company does not expect it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

On September 29, 2006, the FASB issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans” (FAS158). This Statement requires employers to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a single-employer defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and recognize any changes in that status in comprehensive income in the year in which it occurs. It also requires that employers measure the funded status of a plan as of the date of its year-end statement of financial position. The Statement does not change how plans are accounted for and reported in the income statement. For publicly traded companies, FAS158 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2006. The Company does not expect that it will have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

2. Merger

On November 2, 2006, the Company and Rabobank announced that they had entered into an agreement and plan of merger through which Mid-State Bank & Trust will become part of the Rabobank Group. Upon completion, Mid-State Bank & Trust will be merged into Rabobank, N.A., Rabobank’s community banking subsidiary in California.

Under terms of the agreement and plan of merger, Rabobank will acquire all of the shares of Mid-State Bancshares, through a merger with a Rabobank subsidiary, for a purchase price of $37.00 per share in cash, or a total purchase price of approximately $851 million. The transaction is expected to close in the

67




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

2. Merger (Continued)

second quarter of 2007, subject to approval by Mid-State Bancshares shareholders and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals. A copy of the definitive agreement for the acquisition is attached to our Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 3, 2006. See also, Note 12, Commitments and Contingencies and Item 3 of this Report on Form 10-K entitled Legal Proceedings for information regarding a lawsuit filed in connection with the acquisition.

The agreement and plan of merger includes terms and conditions which affect the conduct of the Company’s business until the merger is completed or the agreement is terminated. Among other items, it generally requires the Company to carry on business in its ordinary course consistent with past practice and in accordance with sound banking practices, and to observe in all material respects its legal and contractual obligations. The merger agreement generally restricts the ability of the Company to make material changes in any aspect of the conduct of its business without the consent of Rabobank, including significant capital expenditures, new material lines of business, the disposition of assets or the incurring of obligations outside the ordinary course of business. The Company is in compliance with its obligations under the agreement and plan of merger.

3. Cash Reserves

The average reserve balances required to be maintained by the Federal Reserve Bank were approximately $18.5 million and $22.3 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively.

68




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

4. Securities

A summary of investment securities owned is as follows:

December 31, 2006

(amounts in 000’s)
Securities Available For Sale

 

 

 

Cost
Basis

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Market
Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

15,714

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(121

)

 

$

15,593

 

Securities of U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

130,488

 

 

38

 

 

 

(687

)

 

129,839

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

6,604

 

 

135

 

 

 

(126

)

 

6,613

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

320,079

 

 

2,423

 

 

 

(1,772

)

 

320,730

 

Other investments

 

14,971

 

 

6

 

 

 

(52

)

 

14,925

 

TOTAL

 

$

487,856

 

 

$

2,602

 

 

 

$

(2,758

)

 

$

487,700

 

 

December 31, 2005

(amounts in 000’s)
Securities Available For Sale

 

 

 

Cost
Basis

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

 

Market
Value

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

22,868

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

(222

)

 

$

22,646

 

Securities of U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

216,218

 

 

171

 

 

 

(1,802

)

 

214,587

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

8,672

 

 

313

 

 

 

(46

)

 

8,939

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

354,356

 

 

4,342

 

 

 

(2,047

)

 

356,651

 

Other investments

 

16,559

 

 

22

 

 

 

(72

)

 

16,509

 

TOTAL

 

$

618,673

 

 

$

4,848

 

 

 

$

(4,189

)

 

$

619,332

 

 

The following table shows those investments with gross unrealized losses and their market value aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2006:

 

 

Less than 12 months

 

12 months or more

 

Total

 

(amounts in 000’s)

 

 

 

Market
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Market
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

Market
Value

 

Unrealized
Losses

 

U.S. Treasury securities

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

10,587

 

 

$

(121

)

 

$

10,587

 

 

$

(121

)

 

Securities of U.S. government agencies and corporations

 

 

 

 

 

94,029

 

 

(687

)

 

94,029

 

 

(687

)

 

Mortgage backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

2,971

 

 

(126

)

 

2,971

 

 

(126

)

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

54,731

 

 

(242

)

 

102,318

 

 

(1,530

)

 

157,049

 

 

(1,772

)

 

Other investments

 

 

 

 

 

3,951

 

 

(52

)

 

3,951

 

 

(52

)

 

TOTAL

 

$

54,731

 

 

$

(242

)

 

$

213,856

 

 

$

(2,516

)

 

$

268,587

 

 

$

(2,758

)

 

 

All of the unrealized losses identified in the table above are attributable to changes in general interest rate levels and are not considered to be other than temporary impairment. The unrealized losses are not the result of any deteriorating financial conditions or near term prospects of the underlying issuers and

69




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

4. Securities (Continued)

Management believes that it has the intent and ability to either retain these investment securities to allow for the eventual recovery in market value or to hold them until maturity.

Securities having a fair value of $111.9 million and $110.0 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required by law.

Proceeds from maturities, calls, partial pay-downs and/or sales of securities were $187.3 million, $140.2 million, and $160.6 million for the years ended 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Gross gains of $140 thousand, $145 thousand, and $485 thousand and gross losses of $172 thousand, $57 thousand, and $10 thousand were realized on that activity for the years ended 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

The amortized cost and market value of securities at December 31, 2006 and 2005, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Included in the “Equity securities” category below is common stock held in the Federal Home Loan Bank, Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Agricultural Mortgage Association.

 

 

Available For Sale

 

(dollars in 000’s)
December 31, 2006*

 

 

 

Cost
Basis

 

Market
Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

147,535

 

$

147,392

 

Due after one year to five years

 

282,340

 

282,568

 

Due after five years to ten years

 

47,813

 

47,652

 

Due after ten years

 

1,501

 

1,421

 

Equity securities

 

8,667

 

8,667

 

Total

 

$

487,856

 

$

487,700

 

 

December 31, 2005*

 

 

 

Cost
Basis

 

Market
Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

166,103

 

$

165,257

 

Due after one year to five years

 

289,849

 

292,076

 

Due after five years to ten years

 

152,383

 

151,675

 

Due after ten years

 

2,096

 

2,082

 

Equity securities

 

8,242

 

8,242

 

Total

 

$

618,673

 

$

619,332

 


*                    Mortgage back securities are shown at contractual maturity, however, the average life of these securities may differ due to principal prepayments.

70




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

5. Loans

The loan portfolio consists of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Construction and development loans

 

$

292,041

 

$

279,417

 

Real estate loans

 

850,831

 

816,953

 

Home equity credit lines

 

152,125

 

182,057

 

Installment loans

 

18,663

 

18,032

 

Cash reserve

 

2,881

 

3,367

 

Agricultural production

 

39,889

 

35,898

 

Commercial, other

 

222,023

 

186,757

 

 

 

1,578,453

 

1,522,481

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

(11,870

)

(11,896

)

Less deferred loan fees, net

 

(3,766

)

(3,467

)

TOTAL LOAN PORTFOLIO

 

$1,562,817

 

$

1,507,118

 

 

At December 31, 2006, approximately $1.3 billion of the Bank’s portfolio was collateralized by various forms of real estate. The Company attempts to reduce its concentration of credit risk by making loans, which are diversified by project type and geographic locations throughout the Central Coast of California. While management of the Company believes that the collateral presently securing this portfolio is adequate, there can be no assurances that deterioration in the California real estate market would not expose the Bank to significantly greater credit risk.

Loans on non-accrual status totaled $526 thousand and $2.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The bank had no loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2006 and 2005. If interest income on non-accrual loans had been recorded as originally scheduled, approximately $142 thousand, $1.0 million, and $1.3 million of additional interest income would have been recorded for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. Additionally, there was $70 thousand, $59 thousand and no interest income recognized for loans on non-accrual during 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively.

A loan is identified as impaired when it is probable that interest and principal will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Because this definition is very similar to that used by bank regulators to determine on which loans interest should not be accrued, the Company expects that most impaired loans will be on non-accrual status. Therefore, in general, the accrual of interest on impaired loans is discontinued, and any uncollected interest is written off against interest from other loans in the current period. No further income is recognized until all recorded amounts of principal are recovered in full or until circumstances have changed such that the loan is no longer regarded as impaired. Certain impaired loans are both fully secured by collateral and are current in their interest and principal payments. These impaired loans are not classified as non-accrual and $21 thousand, $38 thousand and $73 thousand in interest was recognized from these loans during 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively.

The amount of the valuation allowance for impaired loans is determined by comparing the recorded investment in each loan with its value measured by one of three methods: (1) the expected future cash flows discounted at the effective interest rate; (2) the loan’s observable market price, if available from a secondary market; or (3) by valuing the underlying collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A valuation allowance is computed as any amount by which the recorded investment exceeds the value of the

71




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

5. Loans (Continued)

impaired loan. If the value of the loan, as determined by one of the above methods, exceeds the recorded investment in the loan, a valuation allowance for the loan is not established. The following table discloses information about impaired loans and their related allowance.

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Loans identified as impaired at year end

 

$

526

 

$

2,528

 

Impaired loans for which a valuation

 

 

 

 

 

allowance has been determined

 

 

1,972

 

Amount of valuation allowance

 

 

592

 

Impaired loans for which no valuation allowance was determined necessary

 

526

 

556

 

 

The average amount of the recorded investment in impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004 was approximately $1.0 million, $6.6 million and $12.9 million, respectively. The valuation allowance reported above is determined on a loan-by-loan basis.

The Company also provides an allowance for losses for (1) loans that, while not individually identified as being currently impaired, are internally evaluated as having a relatively higher level of credit risk and (2) losses inherent in the balance of the loan portfolio which have not been specifically identified as of the year-end. The allowance is based on review of individual loans, historical trends, current economic conditions, and other factors. The allowance for loan losses consists of an amount allocated to loans which are impaired, a statistically allocated portion and an unallocated portion. The total of these components is considered adequate to provide for losses which can be reasonably anticipated.

The allowance for loan losses is netted against loans on the Statements of Financial Position for December 31, 2006 and 2005. A summary of the changes in the allowance for loan losses account and the allowance for losses—unfunded commitments which shows on the liability side of the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position is as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Balance at beginning of year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

11,896

 

$

13,799

 

$

16,063

 

Allowance for losses—unfunded commitments

 

1,761

 

1,783

 

1,941

 

Total allowance for losses at beginning of year

 

13,657

 

15,582

 

18,004

 

(Reductions in) additions to the allowance for loan losses (credited to) charged to expense

 

 

 

(2,700

)

Provision for losses—unfunded commitments charged to expense

 

69

 

(22

)

(158

)

Loans charged off

 

(550

)

(3,231

)

(940

)

Recoveries of loans previously charged off

 

524

 

1,328

 

1,376

 

TOTAL ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES—END OF YEAR

 

$13,700

 

$

13,657

 

$

15,582

 

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

11,870

 

$

11,896

 

$

13,799

 

Allowance for losses—unfunded commitments

 

1,830

 

1,761

 

1,783

 

TOTAL ALLOWANCE FOR LOSSES—END OF YEAR

 

$13,700

 

$

13,657

 

$

15,582

 

 

72




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

5. Loans (Continued)

An analysis of loans and leases to directors and executive officers is as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Balance, at beginning of year

 

$

14,128

 

$

8,744

 

Additional loans and leases made

 

7,721

 

8,758

 

Payments received and other adjustments

 

(1,001

)

(3,374

)

BALANCE AT END OF YEAR

 

$

20,848

 

$

14,128

 

 

These loans were made in the ordinary course of the Bank’s business and, in management’s opinion, were made at prevailing rates and terms. In addition, there were un-funded commitments to loan up to an additional $12.8 million in extensions of credit to directors and executive officers at December 31, 2006.

6. Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Land

 

$

11,135

 

$

7,595

 

Buildings

 

38,264

 

32,694

 

Furniture and equipment

 

30,633

 

28,345

 

Construction and equipment purchases in progress

 

867

 

1,828

 

 

 

80,899

 

70,462

 

Less—Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

(48,768

)

(45,690

)

TOTAL PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

 

$32,131

 

$

24,772

 

 

Depreciation and amortization included in occupancy expenses was $5.3 million, $5.2 million, and $5.0 million in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively, based on the following estimated useful lives:

Buildings

 

20-40 years

 

Furniture and equipment

 

3-20 years

 

 

Total rental expense for banking premises was $2.5 million, $2.0 million, and $2.0 million, in 2006, 2005 and 2004, respectively. As of December 31, 2006 the approximate minimum future lease rentals payable under non-cancelable lease contracts for bank premises were as follows (dollars in 000’s):

Year

 

 

 

 

 

2007

 

$

2,144

 

2008

 

1,937

 

2009

 

1,797

 

2010

 

1,677

 

2011

 

1,537

 

Thereafter

 

2,199

 

TOTAL LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

$

11,291

 

 

73




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

7. Core Deposit Intangible Assets

The following is a summary of the Company’s core deposit intangible assets. Figures are in thousands.

 

 

 

 

Dec. 31, 2005

 

 

 

 

 

Dec. 31, 2006

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Accumulated

 

Net Carrying

 

Gross

 

Accumulated

 

Net Carrying

 

 

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Amortization

 

Amount

 

Core Deposit Intangible

 

$

11,597

 

 

($5,986

)

 

 

$

5,611

 

 

$

11,597

 

 

($5,114

)

 

 

$

6,483

 

 

 

The aggregate amount of amortization expense of the core deposit intangible assets is as follows ($ in 000’s):

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Amortization of Core Deposit Intangible

 

$

872

 

$

1,249

 

$

1,375

 

 

The decline in the amortization rate in 2006 and 2005 compared to 2004 is the result of an adjustment made necessary by a stronger retention of core deposits than originally anticipated related to one of the Company’s acquisitions. The projected amortization expense for the core deposit intangible assets, assuming no further acquisitions, dispositions or adjustments to current amortization rates, is approximately $872 thousand per year over the next six years. Amortization of core deposit intangible premiums from prior mergers are currently scheduled to be completed by dates ranging from October 2012 to September 2013 which represent original lives ranging from 9.0 years to 12.0 years.

8. Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Where applicable, the Company is required by GAAP to disclose the fair value of financial instruments and the methods and significant assumptions used to estimate those fair values. In the case of financial instruments for which it is not practicable to estimate the fair value, the Company is required to disclose information pertinent to estimating the fair value such as interest rates and maturity, and also state the reasons why it is not practicable to estimate fair value.

Fair values of financial instruments depict the market’s assessment of the present value of net future cash flows directly or indirectly embodied in them, discounted to reflect both current interest rates and the market’s assessment of the risk that the cash flows will not occur. The information about fair value is said to better enable investors, creditors, and other users to assess the consequences of an entity’s investment and financing strategies, that is, to assess its performance.

There are several factors which users of these financial statements should consider. First, there are uncertainties inherent in the process of estimating the fair value of financial instruments. Secondly, the statement covers financial instruments only, not other assets like premises and equipment, the fair value of which might differ significantly from the amounts at which they are carried in an entity’s financial statements. Thirdly, the Company must exclude from its estimate of the fair value of deposit liabilities any consideration of its ongoing customer relationships which provide stable sources of investable funds. Lastly, these disclosures do not address means of evaluating an entity’s performance in areas other than the management of financial instruments; for example, the ability to generate non-interest income and the control of non-interest expense. For these reasons, users are advised not to regard the disclosure of the fair market value of financial instruments as in any way equivalent to a valuation of the Company as a whole.

74




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

8. Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instruments for which it is practicable to estimate that value:

Cash and Due from Banks and Fed Funds Sold

For those short-term instruments, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Investment Securities

For securities held as investments, fair value equals quoted market price, if available. If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is estimated using quoted market prices for similar securities.

Loans Held for Sale and Loans, net

For certain homogeneous categories of loans, such as some residential mortgages, credit card receivables, and other consumer loans, fair value is estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.

The fair value of other types of loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.

Accrued Interest Receivable

For accrued interest receivable, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

Deposits

The fair value of demand deposits is the amount payable on demand. The fair value of fixed-maturity certificates of deposit, savings accounts and money market deposits is estimated using the rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.

Other Borrowings

Rates currently available to the Company for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities are used to estimate fair value of existing debt.

Commitments to Extend Credit and Letters of Credit

Commitments to extend credit and letters of credit are written at current market rates. The Company does not anticipate any interest rate or credit factors that would affect the fair value of commitments or letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2006.

Accrued Interest Payable

For accrued interest payable, the carrying amount is a reasonable estimate of fair value.

75




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

8. Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are as follows:

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

 

$

99,675

 

$

99,675

 

$

109,791

 

$

109,791

 

Fed funds sold

 

38,582

 

38,582

 

 

 

Investment securities

 

487,700

 

487,700

 

619,332

 

619,332

 

Loans held for sale

 

12,840

 

12,840

 

10,177

 

10,278

 

Loans, net

 

1,562,817

 

1,544,521

 

1,507,118

 

1,499,709

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

13,128

 

13,128

 

13,947

 

13,947

 

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

2,004,781

 

1,986,554

 

2,069,606

 

2,063,188

 

Other borrowings

 

49,400

 

48,749

 

25,906

 

25,638

 

Accrued interest payable

 

1,220

 

1,220

 

685

 

685

 

 

9. Deposits

Individual Retirement Account balances are now insured up to $250,000 and all other deposits are insured up to $100,000 per member by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The following is a breakdown by type and maturity at year-end of the Bank’s deposits:

December 31, 2006

 

 

No Contractual

 

Three Months

 

After 3 Months,

 

After

 

 

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Maturity

 

or Less

 

to 12 Months

 

One Year

 

Total

 

Demand Deposits

 

 

$

523,139

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

523,139

 

Savings, Money Market and NOW Accounts

 

 

994,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

994,586

 

Time Deposits—$100,000 or more

 

 

 

 

 

110,513

 

 

 

104,696

 

 

 

14,183

 

 

229,392

 

Time Deposits—Under $100,000

 

 

 

 

 

96,997

 

 

 

119,606

 

 

 

41,061

 

 

257,664

 

Total

 

 

$1,517,725

 

 

 

$207,510

 

 

 

$224,302

 

 

 

$55,244

 

 

$2,004,781

 

 

December 31, 2005

 

 

No Contractual

 

Three Months

 

After 3 Months

 

After

 

 

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Maturity

 

or Less

 

to 12 Months

 

One Year

 

Total

 

Demand Deposits

 

 

$

567,782

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

567,782

 

Savings, Money Market and NOW Accounts

 

 

1,067,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,067,486

 

Time Deposits—$100,000 or more

 

 

 

 

 

109,782

 

 

 

80,617

 

 

 

11,664

 

 

202,063

 

Time Deposits—Under
$100,000

 

 

 

 

 

89,028

 

 

 

111,091

 

 

 

32,156

 

 

232,275

 

Total

 

 

$

1,635,268

 

 

 

$

198,810

 

 

 

$

191,708

 

 

 

$

43,820

 

 

$

2,069,606

 

 

76




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

10. Income Taxes

The current and deferred amounts of the provision for taxes in the years ended December 31, were:

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Federal:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

$

14,858

 

$

13,081

 

$

12,395

 

Deferred

 

(1,891

)

(116

)

(553

)

Total Federal Taxes

 

12,967

 

12,965

 

11,842

 

State:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

6,309

 

5,985

 

5,917

 

Deferred

 

(30

)

149

 

(212

)

Total State Taxes

 

6,279

 

6,134

 

5,705

 

TOTAL FEDERAL AND STATE TAX EXPENSE

 

$

19,246

 

$

19,099

 

$

17,547

 

 

The provision for taxes on income differed from the amounts computed using the federal statutory rate of 35 percent as follows:

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Tax expense at federal statutory tax rate

 

$

19,084

 

$

19,807

 

$

18,429

 

State income tax expense, net of state benefit on federal return

 

4,081

 

3,986

 

3,709

 

Tax savings from exempt investment and loan income)

 

(4,286

)

(4,681

)

(4,542

)

Other, net

 

367

 

(13

)

(49

)

TOTAL TAX EXPENSE

 

$

19,246

 

$

19,099

 

$

17,547

 

 

The principal items giving rise to changes in deferred taxes were:

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

(137

)

$

880

 

$

826

 

Deferred compensation

 

(386

)

(65

)

(61

)

Stock Based Compensation

 

(253

)

 

 

State income taxes

 

(376

)

(106

)

(256

)

Depreciation

 

686

 

(626

)

(1,608

)

Accrued liabilities and other, net

 

(865

)

165

 

271

 

Credit carryovers

 

64

 

62

 

63

 

Lease income

 

(654

)

(277

)

 

TOTAL DEFERRED TAXES

 

$

(1,921

)

$

33

 

$

(765

)

 

77




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

10. Income Taxes (Continued)

As of December 31, the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

$

5,761

 

$

5,624

 

$

6,504

 

Deferred compensation

 

2,765

 

2,379

 

2,314

 

Stock Based Compensation

 

253

 

 

 

State income taxes

 

2,095

 

1,719

 

1,613

 

Lease rental

 

931

 

277

 

 

Credit carryovers

 

479

 

543

 

605

 

Total Assets

 

12,284

 

10,542

 

11,036

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(826

)

(140

)

(766

)

Mark-to-market adjustment

 

(268

)

(882

)

(882

)

Accrued liabilities and other, net

 

(548

)

(811

)

(647

)

Total Liabilities

 

(1,642

)

(1,833

)

(2,295

)

Net deferred tax asset before tax effect ofunrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

10,642

 

8,709

 

8,741

 

Tax effect of unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

62

 

(264

)

(4,573

)

DEFERRED TAX ASSET, NET

 

$

10,704

 

$

8,445

 

$

4,168

 

 

The net deferred tax asset above is included in Other Assets on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position. As of December 31, 2006, the Company has State tax credit carryforwards of $738 thousand for financial reporting purposes. There are no alternative minimum tax credit carryforwards for tax purposes. As of December 31, 2006, Management of the Company has determined that the net deferred tax asset meets the realizability standards of SFAS No. 109 and as such, no valuation allowance is required as of that date.

11. Other Borrowings

The Company had other borrowings under the Treasury Tax and Loan note account of $2.4 million and $3.9 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings were at $47 million and $22 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. A summary of borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank are as follows:

Description

 

 

 

Issue Date

 

Rate

 

Maturity

 

Carrying Amount

 

Fixed Rate Credit Advance

 

 

06/25/01

 

 

6.16

%

06/27/11

 

 

$

2,000,000

 

 

Fixed Rate Credit Advance

 

 

01/20/05

 

 

3.74

%

01/22/08

 

 

$

20,000,000

 

 

Fixed Rate Credit Advance

 

 

01/24/06

 

 

4.75

%

01/24/11

 

 

$

25,000,000

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

47,000,000

 

 

 

The Company has unused commitments to borrow Federal Funds from certain correspondent banks and unused borrowing lines from the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of December 31, 2006 and 2005, these combined unused lines amounted to $107.6 million and $109.7 million, respectively.

78




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

12. Commitments and Contingencies

At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company was contingently liable for letter of credit accommodations made to its customers totaling $39.8 million and $40.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2006 and 2005, the Company also had undisbursed loan commitments in the amount of $658.0 million and $657.7 million, respectively.

Letters of credit are issued in connection with agreements made by customers to counterparties. Terms of these letters of credit are generally for one year and may or may not be collateralized by receivables or other assets. If the customer fails to comply with the agreement, the counterparty may enforce the letter of credit as a remedy. Credit risk arises from the possibility that the customer may not be able to repay the Company. The notional amount of the letter of credit accommodations represents the maximum amount of future cash payments.

Many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon. Accordingly, the total outstanding commitment amount does not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company does not anticipate any significant losses as a result of these transactions. Provision has been made for losses which may be sustained in the fulfillment of, or from an inability to fulfill, any commitments. This provision is included in the Allowance for Losses—Unfunded Commitments on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Position through a charge to other operating expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

The Company is involved in litigation of a routine nature which is being handled and defended in the ordinary course of the Company’s business. In the opinion of management, based in part on the advice of legal counsel, the resolution of this litigation will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

On November 15, 2006, David Fuerstenberg, a purported shareholder of Mid-State, filed a complaint seeking class action status in the Superior Court of the State of California, County of San Luis Obispo against Mid-State and each of its directors entitled Fuerstenberg v Mid-State Bancshares et al (Case No. CV060976). The complaint contains a single cause of action for breach of fiduciary duty alleging that the Mid-State directors breached their fiduciary duties with regard to the proposed merger. The alleged breaches of fiduciary duty are non-specific. Among other things, the complaint seeks class action status, a court order enjoining Mid-State and its directors from proceeding with or consummating the merger and the payment of attorneys’ and experts fees. The Company intends to defend this lawsuit vigorously.

79




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

13. Earnings Per Share

The following is a reconciliation of the numerators and denominators used in the calculation of basic EPS and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31.

in 000’s except per share data)

 

 

 

Earnings

 

Weighted
Average Shares
Outstanding

 

EPS

 

2006  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income available to Common Stockholders

 

$

35,279

 

 

22,211

 

 

$

1.59

 

Effect of Dilutive Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income available to Common Stockholders and assumed conversions

 

$

35,279

 

 

22,711

 

 

$

1.55

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income available to Common Stockholders

 

$

37,491

 

 

22,788

 

 

$

1.65

 

Effect of Dilutive Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income available to Common Stockholders and assumed conversions

 

$

37,491

 

 

23,300

 

 

$

1.61

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income available to Common Stockholders

 

$

35,109

 

 

23,422

 

 

$

1.50

 

Effect of Dilutive Securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

475

 

 

 

 

Diluted Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income available to Common Stockholders and assumed conversions

 

$

35,109

 

 

23,897

 

 

$

1.47

 

 

14. Capital Accounts

The Company declared cash dividends during 2006 of $15,990,000. The California Financial Code provides that a bank may not make a cash distribution to its shareholders in excess of (1) the bank’s undivided profits or (2) the bank’s net income for its last three fiscal years less the amount of any distributions made by the bank during such period. Based on these restrictions in the California Financial Code, the Bank could make additional cash dividends totaling $12,088,000 at December 31, 2006 to the Company. The Bank can also apply to the State of California’s Department of Financial Institutions (DFI) for the ability to pay additional dividends to the Company beyond that amount. The Bank and Company do not expect to make such application during 2007 given the Company’s pending merger, as discussed earlier.

80




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

15. Stock Options

On May 17, 2005, shareholders of the Company approved a new equity based compensation plan, the Mid-State Bancshares 2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan (the “2005 Plan”) which reserved an additional 1,000,000 common shares for issuance in accordance with the terms of the Plan. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance based cash only awards, or any combination thereof. It replaced the 1996 Stock Option Plan which was limited in scope to the issuance of Stock Options. Shares available for issuance under the 1996 Plan are now included in the 2005 Plan, resulting in 924,961 shares currently being available to be issued (4.17% of current and issued outstanding common stock) as of December 31, 2006. All Options under both the 1996 and 2006 Plans have been granted at a price not less than the fair market value of the stock at the grant date. While options are exercisable and expire as determined by the Board of Directors, generally options expire no later than ten years from the date of grant and vest at the rate of 20% per year following the date of grant. As of December 31, 2006, 1,784,269 shares are currently under option. The shares are exercisable at prices ranging from $9.183 to $30.61. There were 276,930 shares exercised in 2006 and 266,330 and 190,548 exercised in 2005 and 2004, respectively.

Through December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for its stock-based compensation in accordance with SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock Based Compensation.”  SFAS No. 123 allowed stock options to be valued using the intrinsic value method in accordance with APB No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees.”  Effective January 1, 2006, the Company adopted SFAS 123(R), “Share Based Payment.”  This standard requires that all share-based compensation awards be measured at fair value at the date of grant and expensed over their vesting or service periods. The impact of adopting the new accounting treatment was to reduce income before tax and net income by approximately $512 and $429 thousand, respectively, for the three months ended December 31, 2006. On a per share basis, this amounted to two cents per share on both a basic and diluted basis. For the year ended December 31, 2006, the impact was to reduce income before tax and net income by approximately $1.9 million and $1.7 million, respectively. This amounted to approximately seven cents per share on both a basic and diluted basis.

Prior to 2006, the Company accounted for stock options under the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25 and provided proforma net income and proforma earnings per share disclosures for employee stock option grants as if the fair-value-based method, defined in SFAS 123(R) had been applied. A summary of the proforma disclosure for the years ended 2005 and 2004 was as follows:

(dollars in 000’s except per share data)

 

 

 

2005

 

2004

 

Net income to common shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

37,492

 

$

35,109

 

Deduct: Total stock-based compensation expense determined under the fair value method for all awards, net of related taxes

 

($2,406

)

($2,099

)

Pro forma net income

 

$

35,086

 

$

33,010

 

Net income per common and common share equivalent:

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

1.65

 

$

1.50

 

Pro forma

 

$

1.54

 

$

1.41

 

Diluted earnings per share:

 

 

 

 

 

As reported

 

$

1.61

 

$

1.47

 

Pro forma

 

$

1.51

 

$

1.38

 

 

81




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

15. Stock Options (Continued)

In determining the pro forma disclosures in the previous table, the fair value of options granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and appropriate assumptions. For options granted during 2006, the weighted average grant date fair values were based on the following assumptions:

·       Risk Free Interest Rate = 4.6%

·       Dividend Yield = 2.5%

·       Stock Price Volatility = 34.9%

·       Weighted Avg. Expected Lives of Option Grants = 8.5 years

Option awards are granted with an exercise price equal to the market price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. While options are exercisable and expire as determined by the Board of Directors, they generally become exercisable over a five year period vesting 20% each year, and have a term of ten years. For purposes of determining the fair value of stock option awards, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model applied on a grant by grant basis. Risk free rates of interest were applied in the model as of the grant date based on data provided by the Federal Reserve Bank on its H.15 release. The dividend yield applied in the model was the dividend yield of the Company at time of grant. The expected volatility of the Company’s stock price applied in the model was based on historical information from 1998 (when the Company was first listed on NASDAQ) through March 31, 2006. The expected average life applied in the model was estimated from historical information from 1998 through March 31, 2006 and was calculated by major employee groups. Compensation cost is recognized using a straight-line method over the vesting or service period and is net of estimated forfeitures.

A summary of the Company’s stock options as of December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, and changes during the periods then ended, is presented below:

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Price

 

Per Share Price Ranges

 

2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

 

2,000,958

 

 

$

19.20

 

 

 

$

5.375—$30.61

 

 

Granted during Year

 

77,503

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

 

$

29.00—$29.00

 

 

Exercised during Year

 

(276,930

)

 

$

15.94

 

 

 

$

5.375—$29.44

 

 

Forfeited during Year

 

(17,262

)

 

$

20.93

 

 

 

$

15.50—$25.71

 

 

Outstanding at End of Year

 

1,784,269

 

 

$

20.11

 

 

 

$

9.183—$30.61

 

 

Exercisable at End of Year

 

1,180,326

 

 

$

17.52

 

 

 

$

12.125—$30.61

 

 

Range of Expiration Dates

 

8/12/2008 to 02/15/2016

 

 

 

 

 

Shares Available for Future Grant

 

924,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

15. Stock Options (Continued)

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercise

 

 

 

 

 

Options

 

Price

 

Per Share Price Ranges

 

2005

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

 

2,086,917

 

 

$

17.81

 

 

 

$

5.375—$30.61

 

 

Granted during Year

 

216,371

 

 

$

27.73

 

 

 

$

26.67—$30.24

 

 

Exercised/Forfeited during Year

 

(302,330

)

 

$

15.75

 

 

 

$

5.375—$27.60

 

 

Outstanding at End of Year

 

2,000,958

 

 

$

19.20

 

 

 

$

5.375—$30.61

 

 

Exercisable at End of Year

 

1,207,218

 

 

$

16.30

 

 

 

$

5.375—$30.61

 

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at Beginning of Year

 

1,900,267

 

 

$

15.65

 

 

 

$

5.375—$25.79

 

 

Granted during Year

 

423,652

 

 

$

25.87

 

 

 

$

21.73—$30.61

 

 

Exercised/Forfeited during Year

 

(237,002

)

 

$

14.91

 

 

 

$

5.375—$25.71

 

 

Outstanding at End of Year

 

2,086,917

 

 

$

17.81

 

 

 

$

5.375—$30.61

 

 

Exercisable at End of Year

 

1,191,986

 

 

$

15.36

 

 

 

$

5.375—$25.79

 

 

 

A summary of the Company’s stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2006 by price range is presented below:

 

 

Total

 

Weighted Average

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Weighted Average

 

 

 

Amount

 

Remaining

 

Exercise

 

Amount

 

Exercise

 

Range of ExercisePrices

 

 

 

Outstanding

 

Contractual Years

 

Price

 

Exercisable

 

Price

 

$  9.183 - $12.244

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

$

12.125

 

 

12,000

 

 

$

12.125

 

 

$12.245 - $15.305

 

 

386,188

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

$

14.515

 

 

386,188

 

 

$

14.515

 

 

$15.306 - $18.366

 

 

697,999

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

$

16.840

 

 

588,826

 

 

$

16.800

 

 

$18.367 - $21.427

 

 

8,800

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

$

19.534

 

 

6,400

 

 

$

19.488

 

 

$21.428 - $24.488

 

 

61,200

 

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

$

22.645

 

 

24,600

 

 

$

22.638

 

 

$24.489 - $27.549

 

 

304,981

 

 

 

7.5

 

 

 

$

25.911

 

 

107,417

 

 

$

25.946

 

 

$27.550 - $30.610

 

 

313,101

 

 

 

8.4

 

 

 

$

28.492

 

 

54,895

 

 

$

28.649

 

 

Total

 

 

1,784,269

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

$

20.113

 

 

1,180,326

 

 

$

17.524

 

 

 

The weighted average fair value of grants issued in 2006 was $10.45 per option share. The weighted average fair value of all grants outstanding as of December 31, 2006 was $7.04 per option share. The aggregate intrinsic value for vested options exercisable at December 31, 2006 was $22.3 million and the aggregate intrinsic value of unvested options not yet exercisable at December 31, 2006 was $6.8 million.

83




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

15. Stock Options (Continued)

The Company issued 42,729 restricted stock shares during 2006. These restricted shares will vest three years from the date of grant and vesting is subject to continued employment at the Company through the vesting date. Holders of restricted shares will have the right to receive dividends and vote the shares, but may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise encumber the stock until after the shares are fully vested. The aggregate intrinsic value of these awards was $1.5 million as of December 31, 2006. A summary of restricted shares outstanding is as follows:

 

 

Number of

 

Weighted
Average

 

 

 

Restricted

 

Fair

 

 

 

Shares

 

Value Per Share

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

Granted from Jan. 1 to Dec. 31, 2006

 

 

42,729

 

 

 

$

28.41

 

 

Vested from Jan. 1 to Dec. 31, 2006

 

 

0

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited from Jan. 1 to Dec. 31, 2006

 

 

(559

)

 

 

$

28.53

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

 

 

42,170

 

 

 

$

28.41

 

 

 

Compensation expense on restricted stock shares is accounted for using the straight-line method over the vesting or service period and is net of estimated forfeitures. The amount recognized was $98 thousand and $220 thousand, pre-tax, for the three months and year ended December 31, 2006, respectively.

Unamortized compensation expense at December 31, 2006 amounted to approximately $3.6 million related to stock options outstanding and $0.9 million on restricted stock awards. The expense associated with stock options is expected to be recognized over a weighted average life of 1.42 years, assuming an estimated 5% forfeiture rate. The expense associated with restricted stock awards is expected to be recognized over a weighted average life of 1.23 years, assuming an estimated 2% forfeiture rate.

16. Employee Benefits

The Company offers a combination qualified profit sharing plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”) and a savings and retirement plan designed to comply with Internal Revenue Service Code Section 401(k) (the “401(k) Plan”) to substantially all employees. The Company’s contributions to the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plans for the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005, and 2004 were $2.9 million, $3.0 million, and $2.8 million, respectively.

A bonus is paid to selected employees who exceed certain goals under formulas established at the start of the year. Included in employee benefits expense for 2006 was a charge of $2.6 million which was paid out prior to year end. In 2005 and 2004 the charge was $4.1 million, and $2.4 million, respectively, which was accrued during those years and paid in the following year under the Incentive Reward System. Employees receiving bonuses under this program in 2006 ranged from 0.2% of their salary to as much as 70.8% of their salary.

The Company has postretirement obligations to certain of the former employees of acquired institutions. The liability for these obligations is included within Other Liabilities on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position and amounted to $1.5 million and $1.5 million at December 31, 2006 and 2005, respectively. The amount of employee benefit expense accrued under these obligations amounted to $138 thousand, $145 thousand and $145 thousand in 2006, 2005, and 2004, respectively. Generally, these

84




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

16. Employee Benefits (Continued)

obligations amount to a fixed payment to these individuals for 10 to 15 years upon reaching their defined retirement age.

17. Regulatory Matters

The Company is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory—and possibly additional discretionary—actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, Mid-State Bank & Trust (“the Bank”) must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s and the Company’s capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

85




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

17. Regulatory Matters (Continued)

As of December 31, 2006, the latest regulatory examinations indicated that Mid-State Bank & Trust was categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Mid-State Bancshares was also considered well capitalized. To be categorized as well capitalized, Mid-State Bancshares and Mid-State Bank & Trust must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier One risk-based and Tier One Leverage ratios as set forth in the following table. There are no conditions or events that Management believes have changed Mid-State Bancshares’ and Mid-State Bank & Trust’s category. The actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 are also presented in the following table:

 

 

 

 

To be Considered

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adequately

 

To be Considered

 

 

 

 

 

Capitalized

 

Well Capitalized

 

 

 

 

 

For Capital

 

For Capital

 

 

 

Actual

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

Adequacy Purposes

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Mid-State Bancshares—Consolidated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

242,535

 

 

12.8

%

 

$

151,720

 

 

8.0

%

 

$

189,649

 

 

10.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

228,835

 

 

12.1

%

 

$

75,860

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

113,790

 

 

6.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Average Assets)

 

$

228,835

 

 

9.9

%

 

$

92,450

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

115,563

 

 

5.0

%

 

As of December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

231,264

 

 

12.3

%

 

$

149,824

 

 

8.0

%

 

$

187,280

 

 

10.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

217,607

 

 

11.6

%

 

$

74,912

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

112,368

 

 

6.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Average Assets)

 

$

217,607

 

 

9.2

%

 

$

94,666

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

118,333

 

 

5.0

%

 

Mid-State Bank & Trust—Only:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2006:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

231,583

 

 

12.2

%

 

$

151,399

 

 

8.0

%

 

$

189,249

 

 

10.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

217,883

 

 

11.5

%

 

$

75,700

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

113,550

 

 

6.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Average Assets)

 

$

217,883

 

 

9.4

%

 

$

92,432

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

115,541

 

 

5.0

%

 

As of December 31, 2005:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

224,459

 

 

12.0

%

 

$

149,824

 

 

8.0

%

 

$

187,280

 

 

10.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

$

210,802

 

 

11.3

%

 

$

74,912

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

112,368

 

 

6.0

%

 

Tier One Capital

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(to Average Assets)

 

$

210,802

 

 

8.9

%

 

$

94,690

 

 

4.0

%

 

$

118,363

 

 

5.0

%

 

 

86




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

18. Reportable Business Segments

Reportable business segments are determined using the “management approach” and are intended to present reportable segments consistent with how the chief operating decision maker organizes segments within the company for making operating decisions and assessing performance. Presently, the Company is segregated into three reportable business segments, Community Banking, Mid-Coast Land Company and Trust Services.

The Community Banking business segment consists of commercial and retail banking. This segment is managed as a single strategic unit that derives its revenues from a wide range of banking services, including lending and investing activities, acceptance of demand, savings, and time deposits, and mortgage servicing. As previously noted, Mid-Coast Land Company engages in real estate investment activities. Trust Services provides custody services, investment management and trust-related services such as trustee for trust accounts, estate settlement services, guardianships and conservatorships.

Below is a summary statement of income and certain selected financial data for each of the three years ended December 31, 2006. The accounting policies used in the disclosure of business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. Certain assumptions are made concerning the allocations of costs between segments which may influence relative results, most notably, allocations of various types of overhead and administrative costs. Management believes that the allocations utilized below are reasonable and consistent with the way it manages the business.

 

 

Community Banking

 

Mid-Coast
Land Company

 

Trust Services

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Interest Income

 

$

145,796

 

$

128,326

 

$

109,936

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

Interest Expense

 

27,405

 

15,503

 

8,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

118,391

 

112,823

 

101,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Benefit) Provision

 

 

 

(2,700

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest Income

 

20,024

 

19,512

 

26,153

 

357

 

717

 

682

 

1,484

 

1,212

 

929

 

Non-interest Expense

 

84,410

 

76,692

 

78,391

 

19

 

12

 

27

 

1,302

 

970

 

876

 

Pre-Tax Income

 

$

54,005

 

$

55,643

 

$

51,948

 

$

338

 

$

705

 

$

655

 

$

182

 

$

242

 

$

53

 

Ending Total Assets
(in millions)

 

$

2,343

 

$

2,380

 

$

2,285

 

$

12

 

$

11

 

$

11

 

$

 

$

 

$

 

 

 

 

Mid-State Bancshares

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Income

 

$

145,796

 

$

128,326

 

$

109,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest Expense

 

27,405

 

15,503

 

8,450

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Income

 

118,391

 

112,823

 

101,486

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Benefit) Provision

 

 

 

(2,700

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest Income

 

21,865

 

21,441

 

27,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest Expense

 

85,731

 

77,674

 

79,294

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pre-Tax Income

 

$

54,525

 

$

56,590

 

$

52,656

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Assets
(in millions)

 

$

2,355

 

$

2,391

 

$

2,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There were no significant capital expenditures made in 2006 in any of the above business segments.

87




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

19. Quarterly Financial Data

The following table presents condensed consolidated statements of income for each of the quarters covering the past two years (unaudited—in 000’s):

 

 

2006

 

 

 

1st Quarter

 

2nd Quarter

 

3rd Quarter

 

4th Quarter

 

Full Year

 

Interest Income

 

 

$

34,735

 

 

 

$

36,030

 

 

 

$

37,223

 

 

 

$

37,808

 

 

$

145,796

 

Interest Expense

 

 

5,266

 

 

 

6,578

 

 

 

7,472

 

 

 

8,089

 

 

27,405

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

29,469

 

 

 

29,452

 

 

 

29,751

 

 

 

29,719

 

 

118,391

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income

 

 

4,980

 

 

 

5,959

 

 

 

5,467

 

 

 

5,459

 

 

21,865

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

20,962

 

 

 

21,589

 

 

 

21,276

 

 

 

21,904

 

 

85,731

 

Income before taxes

 

 

13,487

 

 

 

13,822

 

 

 

13,942

 

 

 

13,274

 

 

54,525

 

Taxes

 

 

4,713

 

 

 

4,899

 

 

 

5,085

 

 

 

4,549

 

 

19,246

 

Net Income

 

 

$

8,774

 

 

 

$

8,923

 

 

 

$

8,857

 

 

 

$

8,725

 

 

$

35,279

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—Basic

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

 

$

0.40

 

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

$

1.59

 

—Diluted

 

 

$

0.38

 

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.38

 

 

$

1.55

 

 

 

 

2005

 

 

 

1st Quarter

 

2nd Quarter

 

3rd Quarter

 

4th Quarter

 

Full Year

 

Interest Income

 

 

$

29,482

 

 

 

$

31,654

 

 

 

$

32,923

 

 

 

$

34,267

 

 

$

128,326

 

Interest Expense

 

 

2,713

 

 

 

3,694

 

 

 

4,324

 

 

 

4,772

 

 

15,503

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

26,769

 

 

 

27,960

 

 

 

28,599

 

 

 

29,495

 

 

112,823

 

Provision for loan losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest income

 

 

5,395

 

 

 

5,378

 

 

 

5,271

 

 

 

5,397

 

 

21,441

 

Non-interest expense

 

 

18,335

 

 

 

19,211

 

 

 

19,473

 

 

 

20,655

 

 

77,674

 

Income before taxes

 

 

13,829

 

 

 

14,127

 

 

 

14,397

 

 

 

14,237

 

 

56,590

 

Taxes

 

 

4,739

 

 

 

4,615

 

 

 

4,905

 

 

 

4,840

 

 

19,099

 

Net Income

 

 

$

9,090

 

 

 

$

9,512

 

 

 

$

9,492

 

 

 

$

9,397

 

 

$

37,491

 

Earnings Per Share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

—Basic

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

$

0.42

 

 

 

$

0.42

 

 

$

1.65

 

—Diluted

 

 

$

0.39

 

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

 

$

0.41

 

 

$

1.61

 

 

20. Parent Company Financial Information

Condensed financial information of Mid-State Bancshares (parent only) follows:

88




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

20. Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Balance Sheets

 

 

December 31,

 

(dollars in 000’s)

 

2006

 

2005

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

6,151

 

$

4,946

 

Investment in Mid-State Bank & Trust

 

271,485

 

269,811

 

Other Assets

 

4,001

 

1

 

Total Assets

 

$

281,637

 

$

274,758

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend Payable

 

$

4,001

 

$

4,054

 

Accrued Liabilities

 

(4,801

)

(1,858

)

Total Liabilities

 

(800

)

2,196

 

Stockholders’ Equity

 

282,437

 

272,562

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

$

281,637

 

$

274,758

 

 

Condensed Income Statements

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Equity in earnings of subsidiaries:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Undistributed

 

$

2,162

 

$

(418

)

$

10,345

 

Dividends

 

35,044

 

38,637

 

25,222

 

Operating Expenses

 

(3,204

)

(1,254

)

(789

)

Income Tax Benefit

 

1,277

 

526

 

331

 

Net Income

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

 

89




NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
DECEMBER 31, 2006

20. Parent Company Financial Information (Continued)

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

2004

 

Cash flows from operation activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

 

$

35,279

 

$

37,491

 

$

35,109

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net undistributed earnings of Bank

 

(2,162

)

418

 

(10,345

)

Net change in accrued liabilities

 

(2,996

)

(1,527

)

201

 

Net change in other assets

 

(4,000

)

4

 

(5

)

Net cash provided by operating activities

 

26,121

 

36,386

 

24,960

 

Net Cash Flow from Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from stock options

 

4,414

 

3,969

 

2,579

 

Payment to purchase common stock

 

(16,921

)

(23,065

)

(16,646

)

Dividends paid by parent

 

(15,990

)

(14,636

)

(12,918

)

Other—non cash item related to tax benefit on stock options

 

3,581

 

1,000

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

(24,916

)

(32,732

)

(26,985

)

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash

 

1,205

 

3,654

 

(2,025

)

Cash, beginning of year

 

4,946

 

1,292

 

3,317

 

Cash, at end of year

 

$

6,151

 

$

4,946

 

$

1,292

 

 

90




ITEM 9.                CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.        CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, as of the end of the year ended December 31, 2006, we carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rule 13a-15 (e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act. Based on that evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.

During the quarter ended December 31, 2006, there have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that has materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, these controls.

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any system of internal control, including the possibility of human error and the circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even an effective internal control system can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of an internal control system may vary over time.

In connection with our SOX 404 compliance efforts, we have invested significant resources in documenting, analyzing and testing our internal controls. As necessary, we have taken, and currently continue to take actions to remediate control gaps identified including additional information technology controls, improved segregation of duties (predominantly in our smaller departments), further formalization of our controllership guide, extensive training on generally accepted accounting principles (including internal controls) and enhanced monitoring controls. We are committed to ongoing assessments of our controls and their effectiveness, the results of which will be reported to our shareholders.

Additionally, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2006 based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based upon that evaluation, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2006. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting is set forth in Item 8 of  this report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. Management’s assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent, registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which is also set forth in Item 8 of this Form 10-K and is also  incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION

Not Applicable.

91




PART III

ITEM 10.         DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Corporate Governance Guidelines

We have formalized our corporate governance practices into a set of Corporate Governance Guidelines, which include guidelines for determining director independence and reporting concerns to non-employee directors. All of our corporate governance materials, including the Corporate Governance Guidelines and committee charters, are published on the Investor Information section of our website at www.midstatebank.com. The Board regularly reviews corporate governance developments and modifies these Guidelines and charters as warranted. Any modifications are reflected on our website.

Board of Directors

Mid-State is governed by a Board of Directors (the “Board”) and various committees of the Board that meet throughout the year. Directors discharge their responsibilities throughout the year at Board and committee meetings and also through telephone contact and other communications with the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and other officers regarding matters of concern and interest to Mid-State as well as by reviewing materials provided to them. During 2006, there were fifteen (15) meetings of the Board.

92




The table below lists biographical information on all current Directors and Executive Officers.

Name, Address(1) and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock Beneficially
Owned on December 31, 2006

 

Relationship with the
Company of Beneficial
Owner

 

 

 

Principal Occupation for
Past Five Years

 

Age

 

Year First(2) Elected or
Appointed Director
Bancshares/Bank

 

Number of
Shares(4)

 

Percentage of
Shares
Outstanding(5)

 

George H. Andrews

 

Certified Public

 

 

60

 

 

 

2004/Bancshares

 

 

 

71,566

(6)

 

 

.32

%

 

Director

 

Accountant, Andrews
Galloway and Associates,
Certified Public
Accountants

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trudi G. Carey

 

Architect, Contractor,

 

 

50

 

 

 

2000/Bancshares

 

 

 

33,140

(7)

 

 

.15

%

 

Director

 

Real Estate Broker, The
Carey Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

2000/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daryl L. Flood

 

Retired

 

 

73

 

 

 

1998/Bancshares

 

 

 

182,939

(8)

 

 

.82

%

 

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1978/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

H. Edward Heron

 

Vice President,

 

 

66

 

 

 

1999/Bancshares

 

 

 

55,609

(9)

 

 

.25

%

 

Director

 

Coldwell Banker

 

 

 

 

 

 

1996/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James W. Lokey

 

President/CEO, Mid-State

 

 

59

 

 

 

2000/Bancshares

 

 

 

271,064

(10)

 

 

1.22

%

 

President/Chief Executive Officer, Mid-State Bancshares and Mid-State Bank & Trust

 

Bank & Trust 3/1/00 to
present and Mid-State
Bancshares 6/1/01 to
present; President,
Downey Savings in 1997
and 1998

 

 

 

 

 

 

2000/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stephen P. Maguire

 

President, Maguire

 

 

56

 

 

 

1999/Bancshares

 

 

 

335,243

(11)

 

 

1.51

%

 

Director

 

Investments, Inc.
(Investment Firm)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1999/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Michael Miner

 

Chief Executive Officer,

 

 

54

 

 

 

2004/Bancshares

 

 

 

10,528

(12)

 

 

.05

%

 

Director

 

Miner’s Ace Hardware

 

 

 

 

 

 

2004/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gregory R. Morris

 

President, Morris &

 

 

66

 

 

 

1998/Bancshares

 

 

 

116,758

(13)

 

 

.53

%

 

Director

 

Garritano Insurance
Agency

 

 

 

 

 

 

1987/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrol R. Pruett

 

Chairman of the Board,

 

 

69

 

 

 

1998/Bancshares

 

 

 

410,016

(14)

 

 

1.84

%

 

Chairman of the Board

 

Mid-State Bancshares and
Mid-State Bank & Trust,
President/Chief Executive
Officer of Mid-State
Bancshares Retired in
2001) and, Mid-State
Bank & Trust (Retired in
2000)

 

 

 

 

 

 

1967/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alan Rains

 

Chairman of the Board,

 

 

76

 

 

 

2003/Bancshares

 

 

 

92,577

(15)

 

 

.42

%

 

Director

 

A. Rains Inc., dba Rains
Department Store

 

 

 

 

 

 

2003/Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harry H. Sackrider

 

Chief Credit Officer, Mid-

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

72,470

(16)

 

 

.33

%

 

Executive Vice President, Mid-State Bancshares and Executive Vice President/ Chief Credit Officer, Mid-State Bank & Trust

 

State Bank & Trust 2002
to present and prior to that
was a lender with the
Bank

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James G. Stathos

 

Chief Financial Officer,

 

 

61

 

 

 

 

 

 

154,136

(17)

 

 

.69

%

 

Executive Vice President/ Chief Financial Officer, Mid-State Bancshares and Mid-State Bank & Trust

 

Mid-State Bank & Trust
and Mid-State Bancshares
1998 to present.
Appointed Executive Vice
President/Chief Financial
Officer of the Bank in
April of 1991

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Directors and Executive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,806,046

(18)

 

 

8.12

%

 

Officers as a group (12 persons)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


          (1) The address for all persons listed is c/o Mid-State Bancshares, 1026 East Grand Avenue, Arroyo Grande, California 93420.

93




          (2) Service with Mid-State Bancshares, Mid-State Bank & Trust, or a bank which was acquired by merger by Mid-State Bank & Trust.

          (3) Not Used.

          (4) Except as otherwise noted, includes shares held by each person’s spouse (except where legally separated) and minor children; shares held by any other relative of such person who has the same home; shares held by a family trust as to which such person is a trustee with sole voting and investment power (or shares power with a spouse); or shares held in an Individual Retirement Account as to which such person has pass-through voting rights and investment power.

          (5) Includes shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

          (6) Includes 8,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

          (7) Includes 24,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

          (8) Includes 18,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

          (9) Includes 28,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (10) Includes 237,620 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (11) Includes 28,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (12) Includes 8,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (13) Includes 68,508 shares held by Mr. Morris as Trustee for Morris & Garritano Profit Sharing Trust, as to which Mr. Morris has sole voting and investment power; and 28,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (14) Includes 228,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (15) Includes 4,000 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (16) Includes 16,001 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (17) Includes 88,400 shares of common stock subject to stock option exercisable within 60 days.

    (18) Includes 226,606 shares of common stock owned by the executive officers and shares subject to stock options exercisable within 60 days.

Director Independence

It is the Board’s objective that at least the majority of the Board consists of independent directors. For a director to be considered independent, the Board must determine that the director does not have any material relationship with the Company and is otherwise an “independent director” within the meaning of the Nasdaq rules. The Board has determined that the following eight (8) directors (constituting 80% of the entire Board) satisfy Nasdaq’s independence requirements: Andrews, Carey, Flood, Heron, Maguire, Miner, Morris, and Rains.

Subject to limited exceptions in the case of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and the Compensation Committee, the Nasdaq rules require all members of the Audit, the Compensation, and the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committees to be independent directors. Members of the Audit Committee must also satisfy an additional SEC requirement, which provides that they may not accept directly or indirectly, any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from us or any of our subsidiaries other than their director’s compensation. The Board has determined that all members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, Audit, and Compensation Committees satisfy the relevant independence requirements.

Communication with the Board of Directors

The ability of shareholders to communicate directly with the Board is an important feature of corporate governance and assists in the transparency of the Board’s operations. In furtherance of this interest, the Board has included in the Corporate Governance Guidelines a process by which a shareholder may communicate directly in writing to the Board. Please refer to “Shareholder Communications with the Board of Directors” of the Guidelines for further information. Because communications to the Board can be junk mail or spam, or relate to products and services, be solicitations, advertisements or job inquiries or otherwise relate to improper or irrelevant topics, a process has been approved by not less than a majority of the independent directors for screening communications.

94




Director Nomination Process

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for recommending for the Board’s selection the slate of director nominees for election to our Board and for filling vacancies occurring between annual meetings of shareholders.

This Committee will consider shareholder recommendations for candidates for the Board. Recommendations can be made in accordance with the “Selection of Directors—Shareholder Recommendations” of the Guidelines. The committee’s non-exclusive list of criteria for Board members is set forth in “Selection of Directors—Criteria” of the Corporate Governance Guidelines found on the Investor Relations section of the Company’s website at www.midstatebank.com. The Committee screens all potential candidates in the same manner regardless of the source of the recommendation. There have been no changes in these procedures in the past year.

Code of Conduct

We expect all of our directors, officers (including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer) and employees to adhere to the highest standards of ethics and business conduct with each other, customers, shareholders and communities we serve and to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations that govern our business. These principles have long been embodied in our various policies relating to director, officer and employee conduct including such subjects as employment policies, conflicts of interest, professional conduct, and protection of confidential information. The Board adopted a comprehensive code of conduct in 2003 reflecting these policies. Our code of conduct is published on the Investor Information section of our website at www.midstatebank.com. Any change to or waiver of the code of conduct (other than technical, administrative, and other non-substantive changes) will be posted on our website or reported on a Form 8-K filed with the SEC. While the Board may consider a waiver for an executive officer or director, they do not expect to grant such waivers.

Audit Committee of the Board

Among other committees, the Company Board has an audit committee composed of directors Andrews (Chairman), Flood, Heron, and Miner.

This Committee met six (6) times in 2006. Each member is an “independent director,” as defined by the Nasdaq rules and satisfies the additional SEC requirements for independence of audit committee members. Nasdaq rules further require each member be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements. In addition, our Board has determined that George H. Andrews is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the SEC rules.

Pursuant to its Charter, the Audit Committee is a standing committee appointed annually by the Board. The Committee assists the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibility to the shareholders and depositors relating to the quality and integrity of our accounting systems, internal controls, financial-reporting processes, the identification, and assessment of business risks and the adequacy of overall control environment within Mid-State.

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires Mid-State’s directors, executive officers and ten percent (10%) or more shareholders of Mid-State’s equity securities to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes of ownership of Mid-State’s equity securities. Officers, directors and ten percent (10%) or more shareholders are required by SEC regulations to furnish Mid-State with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file. To Mid-State’s knowledge, based solely on review of the copies of such reports furnished to Mid-State and written representations that no other reports were required, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 all Section 16(a) filing requirements applicable to its executive officers, directors and beneficial owners of ten percent (10%) or more of Mid-State’s equity securities have been met.

95




ITEM 11.         EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The goals of the Mid-State Executive Compensation Program (the “Program”) are to attract and retain higher caliber executives, provide compensation in a cost efficient manner, encourage executive ownership of Mid-State Bancshares (“Mid-State”) common stock and motivate executives to maximize returns to shareholders, both annually and over the long term.

The philosophy of the Program is to provide a total reward program that supports achievement of Mid-State’s goals and objectives and provides total compensation that is competitive in relation to that provided by comparable financial institutions. The compensation philosophy puts a strong emphasis on pay for performance, with all elements of the program geared toward aligning the executive’s interest with the interest of the shareholders and foster an environment for long-term growth of shareholder value.

The Compensation Committee retains consultants to provide expertise regarding compensation practices. The following compensation surveys are used to assess the competitive market’s salary and incentive practices:

1.                Financial Institutions Benchmark Compensation Report produced by Watson Wyatt. 53 banks with assets between $2 and $4 billion participated.

2.                California Bankers Association Compensation & Benefits Survey prepared by Moss—Adams, LLP, Los Angeles, California. This report contains information on the compensation and benefit plans of 145 member banks. 19 banks with assets in excess of $1 billion participated.

3.                Compensation Planning Survey conducted by William M. Mercer and covers all incentive practices for the banking industry.

4.                State of California Department of Financial Institutions:  Executive Officer and Director Compensation.

In addition to these surveys, the Compensation Committee reviewed compensation data on several peer group banks. All peer group data is based upon annual bank survey information and publicly available data. The custom peer group includes 14 publicly traded banks. The peer group was selected based on asset size and geographic location.

Components of the compensation program are as follows.

Salaries

Base salaries for all employees are targeted at the market median for employees performing at expected levels, with the principal objective of the program to maintain salaries that are targeted at the median of the market for comparable positions in similarly sized financial institutions.

Regarding executive compensation, the strategy has been developed to ensure that the executive officers, including the CEO and CFO are rewarded appropriately for their contributions to Company growth and profitability. The executive compensation strategy is designed to support the Company’s business strategy and is aligned in a manner that is in the best interest of shareholders.

Fundamental changes continue to occur in the banking industry. Not only is there an expansion of financial services offered, there is continuing merger and acquisition activity. In addition, there is increased responsibilities and workload as a result of a heightened focus on regulatory issues and corporate governance. There are increased complex regulations such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and as a result, compensation for bank executives tend to be higher.

96




Incentives

Annual cash incentives (cash bonuses) are paid according to the level of achievement of budgeted goals employees reach as approved by the Board of Directors.  Incentives are based on the achievement of annual financial objectives consistent with the Bank’s long-term goals. The incentives are a way to provide an opportunity to the executive team to improve the Bank’s financial performance, and to provide a vehicle for rewarding exceptional performance and retaining senior management staff. Variances from these guidelines for officers of executive vice president level to CEO will be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee on a case-by-case basis.

The annual executive incentive compensation plan is designed to be consistent with all other elements of the Company’s compensation strategy. The plan includes a defined target for annual incentive rewards that are tied to the Corporate financial goals. Award levels are approved by the Compensation Committee.

In 2006, the Compensation Committee approved bonuses for the executive officers based on the following performance objectives.

1.                Return On Assets.

2.                Consolidated Diluted Earnings per Share.

3.                Average Year-to-Date Core Deposits

4.                For certain executive officers, direct results of branches, line units and/or departments were also considered.

5.                Non-Financial Considerations:

a.                  Results of regulatory examinations

b.                 Results of internal and external audits

c.                  Results of outside rating services.

d.                 Community involvement.

e.                  Public relations activities.

f.                    Strategic initiatives

g.                  Merger and acquisition activity.

Long-term incentives

The principal objective of the long-term stock-based incentive program is to align the financial interests of executives with those of the shareholders, provide incentive for executive ownership of Mid-State common stock, support the achievement of long-term financial objectives, and provide for long-term incentive reward and capital accumulation opportunities.

Specifically, the purpose of the stock-based plan is:

1.                To enable key management employees to acquire stock and become owners of the Company.

2.                To incentivise sustained long-term performance of the bank executives and to tie their reward to that of shareholders.

3.                To provide a tool to attract high caliber employees.

4.                To serve as a retention device.

5.                To keep the Company’s compensation program balanced and competitive.

97




6.                To foster pride of ownership and improve morale.

7.                To enable long-term accumulation of wealth for executives.

8.                To reward key employees.

The method used to determine the amount of long-term incentives is based on a multiple of base salary. The CEO is eligible for stock grants reaching a value of three times the base salary, using the price of the stock on the day of grant. Other executive officers (CFO and CCO) are eligible for share-based awards totaling two times base salary.

Benefits

The principal objective of the benefits program provided for executives are to provide competitive attractive benefits to retain key executives and provide financial planning opportunities to facilitate tax and estate planning.

Mid-State Bank & Trust recognizes that its continued growth and success depends on attracting and retaining the most qualified and dedicated individuals. A comprehensive benefit package including medical, dental and vision insurance, medical reimbursement, dependent care plan, 401(k) Plan, including profit sharing, disability plans, paid vacations, personal holidays, paid sick leave, and employee assistance program is provided to all employees including the executive team.

Potential Post-Employment Payments

In an effort to preserve the management team in the event of a change in control of the company, Mid-State provides change-in-control agreements to key management personnel in an effort to retain their expertise during a transition period and protect the assets of the company.

The agreements provide for payment to individual officers of amounts ranging from six months to three years’ salary and bonus. These payments would be paid to the executive, should the Bank be acquired, and the affected individuals are terminated from employment, or if their position is eliminated.

In those cases where the change-in-control results in an excess payment under the Internal Revenue Service guidelines, the amount paid will be grossed-up to cover the cost of the associated taxes.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

The Company provides a nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan to its senior management team, wherein a participant may defer up to 50% of his or her base salary and up to 100% of his or her other compensation for a plan year.  Upon retirement, the employee elects to begin withdrawing the compensation in a single amount or in equal monthly installments over a specified number of years, not to exceed ten (10) years.

98




Director Compensation 

Directors who are also officers of the Company do not receive additional compensation for their services as directors. During 2006, the Company’s non-employee directors received a $14,400 annual retainer and $1,250 for each regular and special meeting attended. The Chairman of the Board received $1,800 for meetings attended. Members of the Committees received $400 for each committee meeting attended, while committee chairpersons received $600 per meeting attended. Members of the Audit Committee received $500 for meetings attended, while the committee chairperson received $1,000 for each meeting attended. Directors are also reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred during their duties as directors.

The following table contains information regarding the compensation awarded or paid to, or earned by, The Company’s directors during the 2006 fiscal year.

Name(1)

 

 

 

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

($)

 

Share
Based
Awards
($)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)

 

All Other
Compensation
($)

 

Total
($)

 

George H. Andrews

 

 

39,150

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

39,150

 

Trudi G. Carey

 

 

38,950

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

38,950

 

Daryl L. Flood

 

 

52,850

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

52,850

 

H. Edward Heron

 

 

43,350

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

43,350

 

Stephen P. Maguire

 

 

38,300

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

38,300

 

Michael L. Miner

 

 

41,150

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

41,150

 

Gregory R. Morris

 

 

34,100

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

34,100

 

Carrol R. Pruett

 

 

53,800

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

53,800

 

Alan Rains

 

 

42,300

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

0

 

 

42,300

 


(1)          James Lokey is not included in this table because he served as an executive officer of the Company during the 2006 fiscal year and, therefore, all amounts paid to Mr. Lokey are fully reflected in the Summary Compensation Table on page 100 of this Form 10-K.

99




Executive Compensation

The Compensation Committee recommends for Board approval the executive compensation awarded to the executive officers, and determines the salaries of those executive officers based upon their experience, performance, and contribution to the success of Mid-State. The following table sets forth the aggregate compensation for services in all capacities paid or accrued by Mid-State or its banking subsidiary to individuals who served as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and each of the other three most highly compensated executive officers (collectively, the “Named Officers”) during 2006.

Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position

 

 

 

Year

 

Salary
($)

 

Bonus
($)(1)

 

Stock Awards
($)*

 

Option
Awards
($)*

 

All Other
Comp ($)(2)

 

Total
($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James W. Lokey

 

2006

 

444,761

(3)

197,363

 

 

 

 

385,537

 

 

25,893

 

 

1,053,554

 

President and Chief

 

2005

 

420,319

(4)

402,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,916

 

 

857,111

 

Executive Officer

 

2004

 

397,067

(5)

159,582

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,125

 

 

582,774

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

James G. Stathos

 

2006

 

275,221

(6)

84,286

 

 

 

 

134,863

 

 

53,105

 

 

547,475

 

Executive Vice President/

 

2005

 

260,098

(7)

156,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,292

 

 

443,969

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2004

 

246,174

(8)

62,501

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,688

 

 

335,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Harry H. Sackrider

 

2006

 

235,904

(9)

72,246

 

 

 

 

111,293

 

 

44,148

 

 

463,591

 

Executive Vice President/

 

2005

 

221,155

(10)

152,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,735

 

 

400,487

 

Chief Credit Officer

 

2004

 

201,639

(11)

51,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,062

 

 

276,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Steven L. Harding

 

2006

 

176,865

(12)

74,947

 

 

2,242

 

 

42,657

 

 

21,969

 

 

318,680

 

Executive Vice President/

 

2005

 

167,019

(13)

94,867

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,979

 

 

282,865

 

President Community Banking

 

2004

 

151,967

(14)

24,411

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,799

 

 

200,177

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eldon Shiffman

 

2006

 

163,861

(15)

115,931

 

 

 

 

4,798

 

 

23,302

 

 

307,892

 

Senior Vice President/

 

2005

 

156,058

(16)

111,737

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,318

 

 

292,113

 

Director of Trust and

 

2004

 

148,159

(17)

37,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,667

 

 

208,326

 

Investment Mngt. Div.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


                 * Represents the compensation expense recognized by the Company under SFAS 123(R) in the year noted.

       (1) Amounts shown as bonus payments were earned in the year indicated but not paid until the first quarter of the next fiscal year, with the exception of the bonus earned in 2006 which was paid in December 2006.

       (2) No executive officer received perquisites or other personal benefits in excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of each officer’s total annual salary and bonus.

       (3) Includes $20,000 accrued in 2006 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

100




       (4) Includes $18,000 accrued in 2005 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

       (5) Includes $16,000 accrued in 2004 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

       (6) Includes $20,000 accrued in 2006 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

       (7) Includes $18,000 accrued in 2005 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

       (8) Includes $16,000 accrued in 2004 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

       (9) Includes $20,000 accrued in 2006 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(10) Includes $18,000 accrued in 2005 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(11) Includes $16,000 accrued in 2004 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(12) Includes $15,000 accrued in 2006 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(13) Includes $14,000 accrued in 2005 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(14) Includes $9,225 accrued in 2004 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(15) Includes $17,395 accrued in 2006 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(16) Includes $15,936 accrued in 2005 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

(17) Includes $14,859 accrued in 2004 but deferred pursuant to Mid-State’s 401(k) Plan (see “Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan”).

Stock Options

Mid-State currently has two active stock option plans, the 1996 Stock Option Plan (the “1996 Plan”) and the 2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan (the “2005 Plan”). Both plans are intended to advance our interests by encouraging stock ownership on the part of key employees and non-employee directors.

The 1996 Plan commenced in November 1996 and expired in May 2005. Under the 1996 Plan, there were options outstanding to purchase a total of 1,173,726 shares of common stock as of December 31, 2006. With the approval of the 2005 Plan in May of 2005, no additional grants have been made under the 1996 Plan.

The 2005 Plan was approved by shareholders on May 17, 2005, authorizing a maximum of 1,000,000 shares. The Company intends to use the 2005 Plan primarily to motivate senior management and senior producers that effectively influence shareholders’ value. The 2005 Plan authorizes the granting of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock awards (“Restricted Stock”), and performance share cash only awards. Subject to Board ratification, the

101




Compensation Committee will determine the vesting and, where applicable, the expiration date of Awards, but Awards that provide for the right to acquire stock may not remain outstanding more than ten (10) years after the grant date, and any ISO Award granted to any eligible employee owning more than 10% of the Company’s stock must be granted at 110% of the Fair Market Value of the stock. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, Awards do not vest or become exercisable until six (6) month after the date of grant.

Pursuant to the 2005 Plan, outstanding options and restricted stock awards were granted to directors and to key, full-time salaried officers and employees of Mid-State and its subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2006 there are 924,961 shares available for grant. The Incentive Stock Options (“ISO”) or Non-Qualified Stock Options (“NSO”) or restricted stock granted to date become exercisable in accordance with a vesting schedule established at the time of grant.

All options granted in the years indicated below to the named executive officers were incentive stock options and have an exercise price equal to the fair market value Mid-State’s Common Stock on the date of grant.

The following tables furnish certain information regarding stock options granted under the Stock Option Plan for James W. Lokey, James G. Stathos, Harry H. Sackrider, Steven L. Harding, and Eldon Shiffman.

The following table shows all grants of plan-based awards to the Named Officers in 2006.

Name

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

All Other
Stock Awards:
# Shares
of Stock

 

All Other
Options:
# of
Share O/S
in Options
12/31/06

 

Exercise
or Base
Price of
Options
($ /share)

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

2/15/2006

 

 

 

 

 

43,883

 

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

2/15/2006

 

 

 

 

 

18,103

 

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

2/15/2006

 

 

 

 

 

15,517

 

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

Steven L. Harding

 

10/2/2006

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Eldon Shiffman

 

None

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

102




The following table lists all outstanding equity awards for the Named Officers as of December 31, 2006.

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

 

 

Grant Date

 

Shares
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

 

Shares
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

 

Options
Exercise
Price

 

Option
Expiration
Date

 

# of
Shares
that
are not
vested

 

Market
Value of
Shares
that
are not
vested at
12/31/06

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

2/9/2000

 

 

28,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14.00

 

 

2/9/2010

 

 

 

 

$

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

3/21/2001

 

 

62,069

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14.50

 

 

3/21/2011

 

 

 

 

$

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

3/13/2002

 

 

42,352

 

 

 

10,589

 

 

 

$

17.40

 

 

3/13/2012

 

 

 

 

$

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

2/19/2003

 

 

37,770

 

 

 

25,180

 

 

 

$

17.10

 

 

2/19/2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

2/18/2004

 

 

18,566

 

 

 

27,851

 

 

 

$

24.64

 

 

2/18/2014

 

 

 

 

$

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

2/16/2005

 

 

8,789

 

 

 

35,156

 

 

 

$

27.58

 

 

2/16/2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

2/15/2006

 

 

 

 

 

43,883

 

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

2/15/2016

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total James W. Lokey

 

 

 

 

198,181

 

 

 

142,659

 

 

 

$

20.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

8/12/1998

 

 

20,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

15.50

 

 

8/12/2008

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

7/14/1999

 

 

13,859

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

17.94

 

 

7/14/2009

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

3/21/2001

 

 

9,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14.50

 

 

3/21/2011

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

3/13/2002

 

 

16,470

 

 

 

4,118

 

 

 

$

17.40

 

 

3/13/2012

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

2/19/2003

 

 

692

 

 

 

10,792

 

 

 

$

17.10

 

 

2/19/2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

2/18/2004

 

 

7,636

 

 

 

11,455

 

 

 

$

24.64

 

 

2/18/2014

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

2/16/2005

 

 

3,625

 

 

 

14,504

 

 

 

$

27.58

 

 

2/16/2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

2/15/2006

 

 

 

 

 

18,103

 

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

2/15/2016

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total James G. Stathos

 

 

 

 

71,940

 

 

 

58,972

 

 

 

$

21.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

3/13/2002

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

$

17.40

 

 

3/13/2012

 

 

 

 

$

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

12/11/2002

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

$

17.00

 

 

12/11/2012

 

 

 

 

$

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

2/19/2003

 

 

 

 

 

7,194

 

 

 

$

17.10

 

 

2/19/2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

2/18/2004

 

 

 

 

 

9,984

 

 

 

$

24.64

 

 

2/18/2014

 

 

 

 

$

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

2/16/2005

 

 

 

 

 

11,893

 

 

 

$

27.58

 

 

2/16/2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

2/15/2006

 

 

 

 

 

15,517

 

 

 

$

29.00

 

 

2/15/2016

 

 

 

 

$

 

Total Harry H. Sackrider

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

48,588

 

 

 

$

24.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Steven L. Harding

 

9/9/1998

 

 

10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

15.00

 

 

9/9/2008

 

 

 

 

$

 

Steven L. Harding

 

2/19/2003

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

4,000

 

 

 

$

17.10

 

 

2/19/2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

Steven L. Harding

 

2/18/2004

 

 

2,435

 

 

 

3,653

 

 

 

$

24.64

 

 

2/18/2014

 

 

 

 

$

 

Steven L. Harding

 

2/16/2005

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

12,000

 

 

 

$

27.58

 

 

2/16/2015

 

 

 

 

$

 

Steven L. Harding

 

10/2/2006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

$

36,390.00

 

Total Steven L. Harding

 

 

 

 

21,435

 

 

 

19,653

 

 

 

$

21.53

 

 

 

 

 

1,000

 

 

$

36,390.00

 

Eldon Shiffman

 

7/12/2000

 

 

13,900

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

14.25

 

 

7/12/2010

 

 

 

 

$

 

Eldon Shiffman

 

2/19/2003

 

 

1,518

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

$

17.10

 

 

2/19/2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

Totals Eldon Shiffman

 

 

 

 

15,418

 

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

$

14.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

103




The following table shows all stock options exercised and restricted shares vested by the Named Officers in 2006.

 

 

Option Awards

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

 

 

Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Exercise

 

Value
Realized
on Exercise

 

Number of
Shares
Acquired
on Vesting

 

Value
Realized
on Vesting

 

James W. Lokey, C.E.O.

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

James G. Stathos, C.F.O.

 

 

51,635

 

 

$

960,821.84

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Harry H. Sackrider, C.C.O.

 

 

49,420

 

 

$

899,726.52

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Steven L. Harding

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Eldon Shiffman

 

 

11,000

 

 

$

145,570.00

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Total 5 Named Officers

 

 

112,055

 

 

$

2,006,118.36

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan

Mid-State offers a combined Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan to all of its eligible employees, and those of its banking subsidiary (the “Plan”). Eligible employees may participate in the Plan on the first of the month following 30 days of service. Employer contributions to the Profit Sharing and 401(k) Plan are vested on a five-year vesting schedule at 20% per year.

Contributions to the Profit Sharing portion of the Plan (the “Profit Sharing Plan”) are made entirely by Mid-State. Each year the Board of Directors, in its discretion, decides how much money, if any, will be contributed to the Plan depending on the amount of Mid-State’s profits for the year. Mid-State’s contribution to the Profit Sharing Plan is allocated among all eligible employees based on eligible pay. Employees must be actively employed at the end of the calendar year in order to receive the profit sharing contribution. No amounts are accrued or set aside for the account of non-employee directors. Mid-State contributed approximately $1.8 million to the Profit Sharing Plan for the year ending December 31, 2006.

Under the 401(k) portion of the Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), each covered employee can make voluntary contributions to his or her account in an amount up to thirty percent (30%) of his or her base salary; such contributions vest immediately when made. Mid-State makes a contribution to the employee’s account in an amount equal to the employee’s contribution up to 3% of their salary, fifty percent (50%) of the employee’s contribution on the next 2% of their salary and twenty-five percent (25%) of the employee’s contribution on the next 4% of their salary, for a maximum match of five percent (5%) of the employee’s salary. For the year ended December 31, 2006, Mid-State contributed approximately $1.1 million to the 401(k) Plan.

Change in Control Agreements, Employment Agreements and Retention Agreements

Mid-State entered into “change in control” agreements with Messrs. Lokey, Sackrider, and Stathos as of January 9, 2002. Each agreement provided that, if a person who has acquired control of Mid-State terminates the officer within 36 months after such change in control other than for cause, disability or retirement (as such terms are defined in the agreement) or if, within 36 months of such a change in control, the officer terminates the agreement for good reason  (as defined in the agreement), the officer will receive (i) a lump sum severance payment equal to three times his annual salary and bonus and (ii) continued benefits under all insured and self-insured employee welfare benefit plans for a period ending on the earliest of (A) three (3) years, (B) the commencement date of equivalent benefits from a new employer or (C) the officer’s normal retirement date under the terms of such plans. In general, a “change in control” includes a change in the majority of directors as a result of an election contest, an acquisition of 25% of the outstanding shares, a merger, consolidation, sale of substantially all the assets, a

104




change in the majority of directors over a two (2) year period as well as any other transfer, voluntarily or by hostile takeover or proxy contest, operation of law or otherwise, of control of Mid-State.

Messrs. Harding and Shiffman also had “change in control” agreements which were substantially identical to the ones described above except that the triggering event must occur within 24 months after a change in control and the amount of the lump sum payment was limited to two times their annual salary and bonus.

As a replacement for his change in control agreement, generally discussed above, Mid-State Bank & Trust, at Rabobank’s request, has entered into an employment agreement with James Lokey, the President and Chief Executive Officer of Mid-State and Mid-State Bank & Trust. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Lokey will serve as the president of Rabobank, N.A., commencing on the closing date of the merger, until and including December 31, 2009. The employment agreement provides that Mr. Lokey will be paid an annual salary of $500,000 per year. This represents an increase of 11.20% over Mr. Lokey’s current employment arrangement which provides for an annual salary of $449,656. If Mr. Lokey’s employment is terminated by Rabobank without cause prior to the expiration of the term, Mr. Lokey will be entitled to receive $2,265,000 plus continued health and life insurance benefits for a period of two years. If Mr. Lokey remains employed for the entire term of the employment agreement, he will be entitled to receive a lump sum of $15,000, payable upon termination of his employment, and a sum of $2,500,000, payable over 10 years, starting upon termination of his employment. The foregoing payments to Mr. Lokey in the event he is terminated without cause by Rabobank, or if he remains employed for the entire term of his employment agreement, are substantially the same as the amount of the payment Mr. Lokey would have received as a result of the proposed merger pursuant to the change-in-control agreement he agreed to cancel. In addition, Mr. Lokey has signed a Support Agreement agreeing to refrain from soliciting employees of Mid-State and/or VIB Corp or their subsidiaries for a period of two years after the termination of Mr. Lokey’s employment agreement described above. The Support Agreement also prohibits Mr. Lokey from soliciting customers of Mid-State and/or VIB Corp or their subsidiaries for a similar two year period.

Also in connection with the merger with Rabobank, several executive officers and senior officers of the Bank, including Messrs. Harding and Shiffman, entered into “retention” agreements with the Bank on November 1, 2006. In exchange for their willingness to waive and cancel the terms under their respective change in control agreements, the retention agreement allows for, among other things, the payment of a retention bonus at time of closing. In the case of Messrs. Harding and Shiffman, this retention bonus is equal to one year’s salary. Additionally, if the officer is employed by Rabobank one year after the closing, they will be entitled to a single lump sum payment which, in the case of Messrs. Harding and Shiffman, is equal to one year’s salary.

Messrs. Stathos and Sackrider will be paid out in connection with the terms of their change in control agreements and will not continue with Rabobank after the merger. It is also expected that Messrs. Stathos and Sackrider will each enter into three year non-compete agreements with Rabobank providing for yearly payments of $133,333.

Incentive Compensation Plan

The Board of Directors approved an annual Incentive Plan for the executive officers. The objective of the plan is to provide competitive compensation, warranted by performance, and aid in motivating and retaining key executives. Awards under the Plan are based on achievement of annual Bank objectives and individual objectives. Objectives are established in advance of the Plan year and approved by the Chairman, CEO, and the Board, in conjunction with the annual budget. For purposes of calculating performance against the objectives for any year, profit (or income) is after-tax net income, as shown in the

105




Consolidated Statement of Income for such year, as presented to the Board of Directors. Messrs. Lokey, Stathos, Sackrider, Harding and Shiffman are eligible for participation in the Plan.

Other Compensation

We have provided and plan to continue to provide our executive officers with automobiles, which are not available to all our employees. It is impracticable to estimate the percentage of the total costs of these benefits attributable to personal use. No amount is stated for the foregoing in the compensation table on page 100, since management has concluded that the amount of any personal benefits to any executive officer and to the principal officers as a group is less than the lesser of $50,000.00 per person or ten percent (10%) of the compensation reported under “Cash Compensation” for each such person and for the group.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

No member of the Compensation Committee was a current or former officer or employee of Mid-State or its subsidiary during the year. The Chairman of the Compensation Committee during 2006, Director Gregory R. Morris, is the president and principal owner/shareholder of Morris & Garritano Insurance Agency. Morris & Garritano received broker commissions during 2006 in connection with the placement of insurance for Mid-State and its subsidiary. Such broker commissions were less than 5% of Morris & Garritano’s gross revenues for 2006.

Report of the Compensation Committee on Executive Compensation

The Compensation Committee has reviewed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis included herein with management and has recommended to the Board of Directors that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis be included in the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K.

Respectfully submitted,

Gregory R. Morris (Chairman)
Stephen P. Maguire
Alan Rains

106




ITEM 12.         SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners

To the Company’s knowledge, based on the absence of filings which beneficial owners of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock are required to make with the SEC, there are no other beneficial owners of more than five percent of the outstanding shares of the Company’s common stock.

Security Ownership of Management

All shares owned by Directors and Executive Officers are reflected in the table in Item 10 of this report on page 95. None of the shares were pledged as of December 31, 2006.

Equity Plan Compensation Information

The following table summarizes information as of December 31, 2006 relating to equity compensation plans of the Company pursuant to which grants of options, restricted stock or other rights to acquire shares may be granted from time to time.

 

 

Number of Securities

 

Weighted Average

 

Number of Securities

 

 

 

To be issued upon

 

Exercise Price of

 

Remaining Available

 

Plan Category

 

 

 

Exercise of Options

 

Outstanding Options

 

for Future Issuance

 

Equity compensation Plans approved by Stockholders

 

 

1,826,439

 

 

 

$

20.11

 

 

 

924,961

 

 

Equity compensation Plans not approved by Stockholders

 

 

-None-

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

Total

 

 

1,826,439

 

 

 

$

20.11

 

 

 

924,961

 

 

 

The number of securities to be issued upon exercise of options in the table above, includes 42,170 restricted shares as described more fully in the notes to the financial statements in Item 8 of this report.

Change in Control

As more fully discussed in Item 1 of this report under “Rabobank Merger”, the Company has entered into an agreement and plan of merger with Rabobank whereby Rabobank will acquire all of the shares of Mid-State Bancshares, through a merger with a Rabobank subsidiary. The transaction is expected to close in the second quarter of 2007, subject to approval by Mid-State Bancshares shareholders and the receipt of all required regulatory approvals.

ITEM 13.         CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Director Independence

The Board has determined that the following eight (8) directors (constituting 80% of the entire Board) satisfy Nasdaq’s independence requirements: Andrews, Carey, Flood, Heron, Maguire, Miner, Morris, and Rains.

Transactions with Management and Others

There have been no transactions, or series of similar transactions, during 2006, or any currently proposed transaction, or series of similar transactions, to which Mid-State or its wholly owned bank subsidiary was or is to be a party, in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000.00 and in

107




which any director (or nominee for director) of Mid-State, executive officer of Mid-State, any shareholder owning of record or beneficially 5% or more of Mid-State Stock, or any member of the immediate family of any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Certain Business Relationships

No director was related to any entity, either through ownership of more than 10% or as an executive officer, with which the Company had any relationship other than payments made to Morris & Garritano Insurance Agency for insurance placement broker commissions which constituted less than 5% of their total revenue. Director Gregory R. Morris, is the president and principal owner/shareholder of Morris & Garritano Insurance Agency.

Indebtedness of Management.

Some of the current directors and executive officers of Mid-State and the companies with which they are associated have been customers of, and have had banking transactions with Mid-State, in the ordinary course of Mid-State’s business, and Mid-State expects to continue to have such banking transactions in the future. All loans and commitments to lend included in such transactions have been made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with persons of similar creditworthiness, and in the opinion of management of Mid-State, have not involved more than the normal risk of repayment or presented any other unfavorable features.

Review of Related Party Transactions

The Company has written procedures for reviewing transactions between it and its directors and executive officers, their immediate family members and entities with which they have a position or relationship. These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director or executive officer.

On an annual basis, all directors and executive officers are required to complete a questionnaire that requests information about related party transactions. Additionally, all officers, employees and directors are required to review and sign a Corporate Code of Conduct which prohibits related party transactions that create a conflict of interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest between personal and professional relationships. The Audit Committee is responsible for approving all related party transactions to which the Company is a party.

108




ITEM 14.         PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP (“PWC”) audited Mid-State’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2006 and have been Mid-State’s accountants since July 2002. All professional services rendered by PWC during 2006 were furnished at customary rates and terms. A representative of PWC is expected to attend the shareholders meeting at which the Rabobank transaction will be considered. Such representative will have the opportunity to make a statement, if he or she so chooses, and will be available to respond to appropriate questions. The following table presents fees for professional audit services rendered by PWC for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005.

 

 

2006

 

2005

 

Audit Fees:

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated financial statements quarterly reviews, and Report on Internal Controls

 

$

905,600

 

$

902,185

 

Audit-Related Fees:

 

 

 

 

 

Other-Professional services rendered in connection with an acquisition or proposed acquisition

 

23,900

 

0

 

Tax Fees:

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance

 

16,200

 

57,875

 

Planning

 

48,315

 

0

 

Advice

 

0

 

23,775

 

Total tax service fees

 

64,515

 

81,650

 

Total Fees:

 

$

994,015

 

$

983,835

 

 

In the above table, in accordance with the SEC’s definitions and rules, “audit fees” are fees Mid-State paid PWC for professional services for the audit of Mid-State’s consolidated financial statements included in the Form 10-K and review of financial statements included in Form 10-Q’s, and for services that are normally provided by the accountant in connection with statutory and regulatory filings and engagements; “audit related fees” are fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of Mid-State’s financial statements; “tax fees” are fees for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning; and “all other fees” are fees for any services not included in the first three categories. There were no “all other” fees paid during 2005 or 2006.

For the fiscal year 2006 the Audit Committee considered and deemed the services provided by PWC compatible with maintaining the principal accountant’s independence. The Charter for the Audit Committee of the Board contains policies and procedures for pre-approval of audit and non-audit services from our independent public accountant and all fees in 2005 and 2006 were pre-approved. The Charter is published on the Investor Information section of the Company’s website at www.midstatebank.com.

109




PART IV

ITEM 15.         EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)          Documents filed as part of this Report

(1)         Management Statement, Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, Consolidated Statements of Financial Position, Income, Comprehensive Income, Changes in Capital Accounts, and Cash Flows, and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)         Schedules: None

(3)         Exhibits: See Page 113.

(b)          Exhibits:

 

 

 

Sequentially

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

Numbered

 

Number

 

Index to Exhibits

 

Pages

 

 

2.1

 

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger with Rabobank(9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

Articles of Incorporation, as amended(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

Bylaws of Registrant(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of Mid-State Bancshares Common Stock(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

Mid-State Bancshares 1996 Stock Option Plan, form of Stock Option Agreement and form of Substitute Stock Option Agreement, as amended(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.2

 

 

Deferred Compensation Plan, and as further amended on January 9, 2002(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

Profit Sharing and Salary Deferral 401(K) Plan(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.4

 

 

Change in Control Agreement for Carrol R. Pruett, as amended(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

Change in Control Agreement for James G. Stathos(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

Change in Control Agreement for James W. Lokey(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

2001 Deferred Compensation Plan(6)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

Change in Control Agreement for Harry H. Sackrider(7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.9

 

 

Mid-State Bancshares 2005 Equity Based Compensation Plan(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

Subsidiary of Mid-State Bancshares—Mid-State Bank & Trust is the only subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.1

 

 

Consent of Accountants—PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.1

 

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.2

 

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

Certification Pursuant to Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

 

 

 


(1)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

(2)           Filed as an exhibit to Registrant’s Registration Statement (File No. 333-16952) filed on November 27, 1996.

(3)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-48181) filed on March 18, 1998.

(4)           As filed by Registrant on Form S-8 (File No. 333-38584) on June 5, 2000.

(5)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998.

(6)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001.

(7)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002.

(8)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-126880) filed on July 26, 2005.

(9)           Filed as part of the Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 3, 2006.

(c)           Schedules:

Not Applicable

110




SIGNATURES

In accordance with Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Bank has caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

MID-STATE BANCSHARES

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ JAMES W. LOKEY

 

 

 

 

 

 

JAMES W. LOKEY

 

 

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Principal Executive Officer]

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 15, 2007

 

 

 

 

By

 

/s/ JAMES G. STATHOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

JAMES G. STATHOS

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Principal Financial and Accounting Officer]

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 15, 2007

 

111




SIGNATURES

In accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Bank and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

Dated:

 

/s/ CARROL R. PRUETT

 

Chairman of the Board

 

March 15, 2007

CARROL R. PRUETT

 

 

/s/ GEORGE H. ANDREWS

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

GEORGE H. ANDREWS

 

 

/s/ TRUDI CAREY

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

TRUDI CAREY

 

 

/s/ DARYL L. FLOOD

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

DARYL L. FLOOD

 

 

/s/H. EDWARD HERON

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

H. EDWARD HERON

 

 

/s/ JAMES W. LOKEY

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

JAMES W. LOKEY

 

 

/s/ STEPHEN P. MAGUIRE

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

STEPHEN P. MAGUIRE

 

 

/s/ MICHAEL L. MINER

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

MICHAEL L. MINER

 

 

/s/ GREGORY R. MORRIS

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

GREGORY R. MORRIS

 

 

/s/ ALAN RAINS

 

Director

 

March 15, 2007

ALAN RAINS

 

 

 

112




EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

23.1

 

 

Consent of Accountants—PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

31.1

 

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

31.2

 

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

32

 

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

113